<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Lenovo &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<atom:link href="http://usemanuals.com/lenovo/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<description>Owner&#039;s manuals for all sorts of products</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 17:00:59 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/favicon-32x32-2.png</url>
	<title>Lenovo &#8211; UseManuals</title>
	<link>https://usemanuals.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Lenovo Smart Display 8 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-display8/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jun 2023 04:33:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=112625</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[User Manual Lenovo Smart Display(8) JUST SAY “HEY GOOGLE” AND YOU’LL SEE. With the Google Assistant built-in, the Lenovo Smart Display is designed to make everyday life easier. Check your morning commute or the weather. Stream music, radio, and YouTube videos. Browse your Google Photos. Video call friends and family. Bring up a recipe. Control smart home devices that work with the Google Assistant. Do it all hands-free, using only your voice to ask your Assistant questions and tell it to do things. Enjoy a brilliant touchscreen, crisp audio, and clean modern design. It’s the smart solution for your home. * Only video calling is supported in portrait orientation. WHY YOU SHOULD BUY THE LENOVO SMART DISPLAY (8) Be entertained Play your favorite music, watch celebrity chefs on YouTube, or relive magical moments through Google Photos—simply by asking. Get things done Find the quickest route, check the weather, or listen to the news without pressing a thing. Set reminders, timers, and make lists too. Keep in touch Catch up with your family and friends over a video chat or phone call—using just your voice. Control your home Control more than 1500 connected smart devices which work with the Google Assistant, without lifting a finger. SPECIFICATIONS DESIGN PERFORMANCE CONNECTIVITY SOFTWARE Google Assistant Part Number: ZA3R0001US WHAT’S IN THE BOX Lenovo Smart Display (8) Cable Adapter Quick Start Guide Warranty Card RECOMMENDED LENOVO SERVICES Warranty Extensions (1-to-3 Years Total Duration)* The fixed-term, fixed-cost service helps accurately budget for PC expense, protect your valuable investment and potentially lower the cost of ownership. Accidental Damage Protection* Avoid the hassles of unexpected repair costs. Provides coverage for non-warranted damage incurred under normal operating conditions, such as minor spills, drops or damage to the integrated screen. Not available in all countries. Lenovo reserves the right to alter product offerings and specifications at any time, without notice. Lenovo makes every effort to ensure accuracy of all information but is not liable or responsible for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors. All images are for illustration purposes only. For full Lenovo product, service and warranty specifications visit www.lenovo.com. Lenovo makes no representations or warranties regarding third party products or services. Trademarks: The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo: Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Yoga. Google and the Google logo are trademarks of Google Inc. Android is a trademark of Google Inc. Ultrabook, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Core Inside, Intel, Intel Logo, Intel Atom, Intel Atom Inside, Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Inside Logo, Intel vPro, Itanium, Itanium Inside, Pentium, Pentium Inside, vPro Inside, Xeon, Xeon Phi and Xeon Inside are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company, product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Battery life (and recharge times) will vary based on many factors including system settings and usage. ©2018 Lenovo. All rights reserved. &#160; [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-display8/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>User Manual</h3>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-Logo.webp" /></p>
<h4>Lenovo Smart Display(8)</h4>
<p><strong>JUST SAY “HEY GOOGLE” AND YOU’LL SEE.</strong></p>
<p>With the Google Assistant built-in, the Lenovo Smart Display is designed to make everyday life easier. Check your morning commute or the weather. Stream music, radio, and YouTube videos. Browse your Google Photos. Video call friends and family. Bring up a recipe. Control smart home devices that work with the Google Assistant. Do it all hands-free, using only your voice to ask your Assistant questions and tell it to do things. Enjoy a brilliant touchscreen, crisp audio, and clean modern design. It’s the smart solution for your home.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-1-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-1-300x200-1.webp" /></p>
<p>* Only video calling is supported in portrait orientation.</p>
<h3>WHY YOU SHOULD BUY THE LENOVO SMART DISPLAY (8)</h3>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-2-Be-entertained.webp" /><strong>Be entertained</strong></p>
<p>Play your favorite music, watch celebrity chefs on YouTube, or relive magical moments through Google Photos—simply by asking.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-3-Get-things-done.webp" /><strong>Get things done</strong></p>
<p>Find the quickest route, check the weather, or listen to the news without pressing a thing. Set reminders, timers, and make lists too.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-4-Keep-in-touch-300x240-1.webp" /><strong>Keep in touch</strong></p>
<p>Catch up with your family and friends over a video chat or phone call—using just your voice.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-5-Control-your-home.webp" /><strong>Control your home</strong></p>
<p>Control more than 1500 connected smart devices which work with the Google Assistant, without lifting a finger.</p>
<h3>SPECIFICATIONS</h3>
<h4>DESIGN</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-6-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-SPECIFICATIONS-1-300x261-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-6-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-SPECIFICATIONSDisplay-300x286-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-6-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-SPECIFICATIONSCamera-300x259-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>PERFORMANCE</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-7-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-SPECIFICATIONS-300x261-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>CONNECTIVITY</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-8-LENOVOE284A2-SMART-DISPLAY-SPECIFICATIONS-300x98-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>SOFTWARE</h4>
<ul>
<li>Google Assistant</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Part Number:</strong> ZA3R0001US</p>
<h3>WHAT’S IN THE BOX</h3>
<ul>
<li>Lenovo Smart Display (8)</li>
<li>Cable</li>
<li>Adapter</li>
<li>Quick Start Guide</li>
<li>Warranty Card</li>
</ul>
<h3>RECOMMENDED LENOVO SERVICES</h3>
<p>Warranty Extensions (1-to-3 Years Total Duration)* The fixed-term, fixed-cost service helps accurately budget for PC expense, protect your valuable investment and potentially lower the cost of ownership.</p>
<p>Accidental Damage Protection* Avoid the hassles of unexpected repair costs. Provides coverage for non-warranted damage incurred under normal operating conditions, such as minor spills, drops or damage to the integrated screen.</p>
<p>Not available in all countries.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-9-RECOMMENDED-LENOVO-SERVICES-300x169-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FIG-10-WANT-MORE-300x47-1.webp" /></p>
<h3><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/FB-logo.webp" /></h3>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Reserves-the-right-Icon.webp" /> Lenovo reserves the right to alter product offerings and specifications at any time, without notice. Lenovo makes every effort to ensure accuracy of all information but is not liable or responsible for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors. All images are for illustration purposes only. For full Lenovo product, service and warranty specifications visit <a href="https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.lenovo.com</a>. Lenovo makes no representations or warranties regarding third party products or services. Trademarks: The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo: Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Yoga. Google and the Google logo are trademarks of Google Inc. Android is a trademark of Google Inc. Ultrabook, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Core Inside, Intel, Intel Logo, Intel Atom, Intel Atom Inside, Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Inside Logo, Intel vPro, Itanium, Itanium Inside, Pentium, Pentium Inside, vPro Inside, Xeon, Xeon Phi and Xeon Inside are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company, product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Battery life (and recharge times) will vary based on many factors including system settings and usage.</p>
<p>©2018 Lenovo. All rights reserved.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo Smart Band User Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-band-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 17:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=219586</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[LENOVO SMARTBAND Quick Start Basic Operations Basic operations on the Smartband: – Tap the screen once (hereinafter called tap) – Tap the screen twice continuously (hereinafter called double-tap) The screen stays off when no operation is performed. When needed, double-tap to wake up the screen. By default, the following home screen is displayed when you wake up the screen. The home screen switches between the “time screen” and the “steps/calories screen”. Tap to toggle among the following screens: home, training mode, sleep mode, and heart-rate mode. Double-tapping on any of the mode screens will turn on or turn off the mode. Note: The “steps/calories” screen shows the real-time step count and calories of your daily activities. Function Modes The Smartband provides three function modes: training mode, sleep mode, and heart-rate mode. Training Mode You can set your training goals on the Smartband app, such as running time, distance, and calories. Turn on training mode when you start running, and the Smartband starts to record your workout data. With the ease of getting the time, distance, and calories data, your workout gets well under control. Related information or operations: – On the training mode screen, double-tap to turn on training mode: – After you enter training mode, the screen displays running time, distance, calories, and real-time heart rate in order. If you have set up a goal on the Smartband app, such as running time, this goal will be displayed in the first place. – When you finish the workout, double-tap to exit training mode. Your workout data is saved. Sleep mode In sleep mode, Smartband helps you track your sleeping quality. You can turn on and turn off sleep mode by either operating on the Smartband or setting on the Smartband app. Related information or operations: – Turning on sleep mode manually: On the sleep mode screen, double-tap to turn on sleep mode: -Turn off sleep mode manually: Wake up the screen, on the following screen, double-tap to turn off sleep mode. -Turning on or off sleep mode automatically: Set the starting and ending time for your sleep on the Smartband app. At the pre-set starting time, the Smartband enters sleep mode automatically. It vibrates and displays the following screen: At the pre-set ending time, the Smartband exits sleep mode automatically. It vibrates and displays the following screen: Double-tap, and the screen will display the total time of this sleep and show you the percentage of accomplishing your pre-set goal through a progress bar: Heart-Rate Mode You can ask the Smartband for your real-time heart rate. In addition, you can use the heart-rate data to control your training effect more precisely. Related information or operations: – On the heart-rate mode screen, double-tap to enter heart-rate mode: – Once in heart-rate mode, the Smartband starts to monitor your heart rate. During the process, the following screen is displayed: – When the Smartband gets your heart-rate data, it vibrates and displays the data as follows: – In the Smartband app, you can set upper and lower limits for your heart rate. In training mode, when your heart rate hits the upper or lower limit, the Smartband vibrates to help you control your training. Note: – For accuracy of data, wear the Smartband tight enough to keep the heart-rate sensor closely against your skin. The sensor is located in the center on the bottom of the Smartband. – Avoid any obstacle or scar between the heart-rate sensor and your skin. – Heart-rate monitoring by the Smartband is for your personal reference only. Do not use it for medical purposes. Pairing To make full use of the Smartband functions, pair your Smartband with your smartphone or computer. To pair your Smartband with a device: 1. Ensure that your Smartband is not running in any function mode. 2. On the home screen, double-tap to display the following screen: “XXXX” represents the Smartband ID. 3. On your smartphone or computer, turn on Bluetooth and open the Smartband app, and select the Smartband you want to pair with. Then following the instructions on the device screen. Note: – If pairing succeeds, the Smartband screen displays a “✓”. –  If pairing fails, the Smartband screen displays “X”. Reminder The Smartband provides multiple reminders, such as workout reminder, sleeping reminder, incoming call/SMS reminder, and custom reminder. On each type of reminder, the Smartband vibrates and displays text. Workout Reminder If you do not meet your pre-set workout goal for three consecutive days, the Smartband will remind you with the following screen every morning at 9:00 am: Sleeping Reminder If you do not meet your pre-set sleeping time goal for three consecutive days, the Smartband will remind you with the following screen every evening at 8:00 pm: Incoming call/SMS reminder If your smartphone is paired with your Smartband and has Bluetooth turned on, the Smartband will remind you when you receive an incoming call or an SMS. The Smartband will display the phone number of the incoming call or the SMS. If the phone number belongs to one of your phone contacts, the contact name will be displayed. Note: – After you read the reminder, tap and the reminder will disappear. – The reminder only shows the latest incoming call or SMS. – The screen displays a maximum of 32 characters or 16 Chinese  characters. Custom Reminder You can set your custom reminder text and time in the Smartband app. Example: Data sync After you have paired your Smartband with your smartphone or computer, the Smartband will automatically sync with the Smartband app when you open the app. If the Smartband has entered a function mode, it does not affect the syncing. You can also click the sync button in the Smartband app to manually sync data anytime. During data syncing, the Smartband displays the following screen: When syncing is done, the home screen is displayed. Resetting the Smartband To reset the Smartband, do the following: 1. On the home screen, tap continuously for 5 seconds, and the following screen is displayed: 2. Double-tap to activate the reset, and the following screen is displayed: 3. Tap continuously for 5 seconds until the circle disappears. 4. Reset is completed when the following screen is displayed: Installing Smartband app FAQ Q: How to set the time on the Smartband? A: When the Smartband syncs with another device, the time on the device is automatically synchronized to the Smartband. No operation is needed. Q: Why can’t I find my Smartband on the smartphone or computer app? A: Ensure that: – Bluetooth is turned on. – The Smartband has sufficient power. – The Smartband is not paired with another device. – If the cause is still unknown, try to reset the Smartband, restart the other device, or reset Bluetooth. Q: Why can’t the Smartband detect my heart rate? A: Ensure that: – The heart-rate sensor is kept closely against your skin. – There is no obstacle or scar between the heart-rate sensor and your skin. – The cover on the sensor is clean. Specifications This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Caution: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. FCC Statement: “This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: —Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. —Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. —Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. —Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.” RSS-Gen &#38; RSS-210 statement: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. RSS-102 Statement: This equipment complies with Industry Canada radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. Cet équipement est conforme à l’exposition aux rayonnements Industry Canada limites établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Read Full User Manual &#62;&#62;&#62;&#62; https://usermanual.wiki/Lenovo/SWB100-2410590.pdf &#160; References User Manual Post navigation [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-band-3/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>LENOVO SMARTBAND</h3>
<p><strong>Quick Start</strong></p>
<p><strong>Basic Operations</strong><br />
Basic operations on the Smartband:<br />
– Tap the screen once (hereinafter called tap)<br />
– Tap the screen twice continuously (hereinafter called double-tap)</p>
<p>The screen stays off when no operation is performed. When needed, double-tap to wake up the screen.</p>
<p>By default, the following home screen is displayed when you wake up the screen. The home screen switches between the “time screen” and the “steps/calories screen”. Tap to toggle among the following screens: home, training mode, sleep mode, and heart-rate mode.</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1970 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations.png?ezimgfmt=rs:314x160/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="(max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 314w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations-300x153.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" alt="" width="314" height="160" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 314w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations-300x153.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Basic-operations.png?ezimgfmt=rs:314x160/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><embed src="images/7.svg" type="image/svg+xml" width="1" height="1"></embed><object id="embedObject" data="images/1.svg" type="image/svg+xml" width="1" height="1"><image href="images/8.svg" x="1" y="1" width="1" height="1"></image></object></p>
<p>Double-tapping on any of the mode screens will turn on or turn off the mode.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The “steps/calories” screen shows the real-time step count and calories of your daily activities.</p>
<p><strong>Function Modes</strong><br />
The Smartband provides three function modes: training mode, sleep mode, and heart-rate mode.</p>
<p><strong>Training Mode</strong><br />
You can set your training goals on the Smartband app, such as running time, distance, and calories. Turn on training mode when you start running, and the Smartband starts to record your workout data. With the ease of getting the time, distance, and calories data, your workout gets well under control.</p>
<p><strong>Related information or operations:</strong><br />
– On the training mode screen, double-tap to turn on training mode:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1971 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Trining-Modes.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x49/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Trining Modes" width="133" height="49" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Trining-Modes.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x49/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>– After you enter training mode, the screen displays running time, distance, calories, and real-time heart rate in order. If you have set up a goal on the Smartband app, such as running time, this goal will be displayed in the first place.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1972 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/After-training-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:296x119/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="After you enter training mode" width="296" height="119" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/After-training-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:296x119/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>– When you finish the workout, double-tap to exit training mode. Your workout data is saved.</p>
<p><strong>Sleep mode</strong><br />
In sleep mode, Smartband helps you track your sleeping quality. You can turn on and turn off sleep mode by either operating on the Smartband or setting on the Smartband app.</p>
<p>Related information or operations:<br />
– Turning on sleep mode manually:<br />
On the sleep mode screen, double-tap to turn on sleep mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1974 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Turning-on-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:132x45/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Turning on sleep" width="132" height="45" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Turning-on-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:132x45/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>-Turn off sleep mode manually:<br />
Wake up the screen, on the following screen, double-tap to turn off sleep mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1975 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Turn-off-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:135x44/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Turn off sleep" width="135" height="44" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Turn-off-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:135x44/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>-Turning on or off sleep mode automatically:<br />
Set the starting and ending time for your sleep on the Smartband app. At the pre-set starting time, the Smartband enters sleep mode automatically. It vibrates and displays the following screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1976 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/sleep-mode-automatically.png?ezimgfmt=rs:238x44/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="sleep mode automatically" width="238" height="44" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/sleep-mode-automatically.png?ezimgfmt=rs:238x44/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>At the pre-set ending time, the Smartband exits sleep mode automatically. It vibrates and displays the following screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1977 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/exits-sleep-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:212x42/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="exits sleep mode" width="212" height="42" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/exits-sleep-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:212x42/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>Double-tap, and the screen will display the total time of this sleep and show you the percentage of accomplishing your pre-set goal through a progress bar:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1978 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/total-time-of-this-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x43/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="total time of this sleep" width="133" height="43" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/total-time-of-this-sleep.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x43/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Heart-Rate Mode</strong></p>
<p>You can ask the Smartband for your real-time heart rate. In addition, you can use the heart-rate data to control your training effect more precisely.</p>
<p>Related information or operations:<br />
– On the heart-rate mode screen, double-tap to enter heart-rate mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1980 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/heart-rate-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x47/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="heart-rate mode" width="133" height="47" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/heart-rate-mode.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x47/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>– Once in heart-rate mode, the Smartband starts to monitor your heart rate. During the process, the following screen is displayed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1981 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/heart-rate.png?ezimgfmt=rs:138x46/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="heart rate" width="138" height="46" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/heart-rate.png?ezimgfmt=rs:138x46/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>– When the Smartband gets your heart-rate data, it vibrates and displays the data as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1982 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/your-heart-rate-data.png?ezimgfmt=rs:136x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="your heart-rate data" width="136" height="48" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/your-heart-rate-data.png?ezimgfmt=rs:136x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>– In the Smartband app, you can set upper and lower limits for your heart rate. In training mode, when your heart rate hits the upper or lower limit, the Smartband vibrates to help you control your training.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
– For accuracy of data, wear the Smartband tight enough to keep the heart-rate sensor closely against your skin. The sensor is located in the center on the bottom of the Smartband.</p>
<p>– Avoid any obstacle or scar between the heart-rate sensor and your skin.</p>
<p>– Heart-rate monitoring by the Smartband is for your personal reference only. Do not use it for medical purposes.</p>
<p><strong>Pairing</strong></p>
<p>To make full use of the Smartband functions, pair your Smartband with your smartphone or computer.</p>
<p>To pair your Smartband with a device:<br />
1. Ensure that your Smartband is not running in any function mode.<br />
2. On the home screen, double-tap to display the following screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1984 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Pairing.png?ezimgfmt=rs:142x51/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Pairing" width="142" height="51" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Pairing.png?ezimgfmt=rs:142x51/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>“XXXX” represents the Smartband ID.</p>
<p>3. On your smartphone or computer, turn on Bluetooth and open the Smartband app, and select the Smartband you want to pair with. Then following the instructions on the device screen.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
– If pairing succeeds, the Smartband screen displays a “✓”.<br />
–  If pairing fails, the Smartband screen displays “X”.</p>
<p><strong>Reminder</strong></p>
<p>The Smartband provides multiple reminders, such as workout reminder, sleeping reminder, incoming call/SMS reminder, and custom reminder. On each type of reminder, the Smartband vibrates and displays text.</p>
<p><strong>Workout Reminder</strong><br />
If you do not meet your pre-set workout goal for three consecutive days, the Smartband will remind you with the following screen every morning at 9:00 am:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1985 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:337x38/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 337w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder-300x34.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" alt="Workout reminder" width="337" height="38" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 337w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder-300x34.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Workout-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:337x38/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Sleeping Reminder</strong><br />
If you do not meet your pre-set sleeping time goal for three consecutive days, the Smartband will remind you with the following screen every evening at 8:00 pm:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1986 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:334x36/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="auto, (max-width: 334px) 100vw, 334px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 334w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder-300x32.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" alt="Sleeping reminder" width="334" height="36" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 334w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder-300x32.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Sleeping-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:334x36/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Incoming call/SMS reminder</strong><br />
If your smartphone is paired with your Smartband and has Bluetooth turned on, the Smartband will remind you when you receive an incoming call or an SMS. The Smartband will display the phone number of the incoming call or the SMS. If the phone number belongs to one of your phone contacts, the contact name will be displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1987 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Incoming-call.png?ezimgfmt=rs:220x42/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Incoming call" width="220" height="42" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Incoming-call.png?ezimgfmt=rs:220x42/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1988 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/SMS-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:167x65/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="SMS reminder" width="167" height="65" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/SMS-reminder.png?ezimgfmt=rs:167x65/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong><br />
– After you read the reminder, tap and the reminder will disappear.<br />
– The reminder only shows the latest incoming call or SMS.<br />
– The screen displays a maximum of 32 characters or 16 Chinese  characters.</p>
<p><strong>Custom Reminder</strong><br />
You can set your custom reminder text and time in the Smartband app. Example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1989 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration.png?ezimgfmt=rs:334x35/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="auto, (max-width: 334px) 100vw, 334px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 334w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration-300x31.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" alt="Water Hydration" width="334" height="35" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 334w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration-300x31.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Water-Hydration.png?ezimgfmt=rs:334x35/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Data sync</strong><br />
After you have paired your Smartband with your smartphone or computer, the Smartband will automatically sync with the Smartband app when you open the app. If the Smartband has entered a function mode, it does not affect the syncing. You can also click the sync button in the Smartband app to manually sync data anytime.</p>
<p>During data syncing, the Smartband displays the following screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1990 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Data-sync.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Data sync" width="133" height="48" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Data-sync.png?ezimgfmt=rs:133x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><br />
When syncing is done, the home screen is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Resetting the Smartband</strong><br />
To reset the Smartband, do the following:<br />
1. On the home screen, tap continuously for 5 seconds, and the following screen is displayed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1991 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Reset.png?ezimgfmt=rs:141x50/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Reset" width="141" height="50" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Reset.png?ezimgfmt=rs:141x50/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>2. Double-tap to activate the reset, and the following screen is displayed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1992 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/activate-the-reset.png?ezimgfmt=rs:138x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="activate the reset" width="138" height="48" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/activate-the-reset.png?ezimgfmt=rs:138x48/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>3. Tap continuously for 5 seconds until the circle disappears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1993 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Tap-continuously.png?ezimgfmt=rs:212x38/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Tap continuously" width="212" height="38" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Tap-continuously.png?ezimgfmt=rs:212x38/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>4. Reset is completed when the following screen is displayed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1994 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Reset-is-completed.png?ezimgfmt=rs:136x46/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" alt="Reset is completed" width="136" height="46" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Reset-is-completed.png?ezimgfmt=rs:136x46/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>Installing Smartband app</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1996 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app.png?ezimgfmt=rs:350x89/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 350w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app-300x76.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" alt="Installing Smartband app" width="350" height="89" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 350w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app-300x76.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Installing-Smartband-app.png?ezimgfmt=rs:350x89/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p><strong>FAQ</strong><br />
Q: How to set the time on the Smartband?<br />
A: When the Smartband syncs with another device, the time on the device is automatically synchronized to the Smartband. No operation is needed.</p>
<p>Q: Why can’t I find my Smartband on the<br />
smartphone or computer app?<br />
A: Ensure that:<br />
– Bluetooth is turned on.<br />
– The Smartband has sufficient power.<br />
– The Smartband is not paired with another device.<br />
– If the cause is still unknown, try to reset the Smartband, restart the other device, or reset Bluetooth.</p>
<p>Q: Why can’t the Smartband detect my heart rate?<br />
A: Ensure that:<br />
– The heart-rate sensor is kept closely against your skin.<br />
– There is no obstacle or scar between the heart-rate sensor and your skin.<br />
– The cover on the sensor is clean.</p>
<p><strong>Specifications</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-1997 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications.png?ezimgfmt=rs:340x522/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" srcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 340w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications-195x300.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 195w" alt="Specifications" width="340" height="522" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 340w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications-195x300.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 195w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Specifications.png?ezimgfmt=rs:340x522/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<p>This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.</p>
<p><strong>FCC Caution:</strong><br />
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part responsible for compliance could void the<br />
user’s authority to operate the equipment.</p>
<p><strong>FCC Statement:<br />
</strong>“This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:<br />
—Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.<br />
—Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.<br />
—Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.<br />
—Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.”</p>
<p><strong>RSS-Gen &amp; RSS-210 statement:</strong><br />
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of<br />
the device.</p>
<p>Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.</p>
<p><strong>RSS-102 Statement:</strong><br />
This equipment complies with Industry Canada radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled<br />
environment.</p>
<p>Cet équipement est conforme à l’exposition aux rayonnements Industry Canada limites établies pour un<br />
environnement non contrôlé.</p>
<p><a href="https://usermanual.wiki/Lenovo/SWB100-2410590.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Read Full User Manual &gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;</a><br />
https://usermanual.wiki/Lenovo/SWB100-2410590.pdf</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h4>References</h4>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://manual.tools/?p=985#MTUuMjIyLjEwOC41MjsyMy4yNDguMC43NywgMTYyLjE1OC4xMjYuODA7MjMuMjQ4LjAuNzc7MjMuMjQ4LjAuNzc7MjMuMjQ4LjAuNzc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">User Manual</a></li>
</ul>
<footer class="entry-footer"></footer>
<nav class="navigation post-navigation" aria-label="Posts">
<h2 class="screen-reader-text">Post navigation</h2>
<p><a href="https://manuals.plus/lenovo/lenovo-snowman-ip-camera-user-manual" rel="prev noopener" target="_blank"><br />
</a> <a href="https://manuals.plus/lenovo/lenovo-chromebook-c340-s340-manual-pdf" rel="next noopener" target="_blank"><br />
</a></p>
</nav>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo Gaming Tower Legion T730, T530 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/t730-tower/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 09 Sep 2023 08:07:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=217430</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Machine Type (MT): 90JF, 90JL, 90JU, 90JY, 90K0 Energy Star MT: 90JF, 90JL, 90JY       Optical drive eject button (selected models only) Optical drive (selected models only) USB 3.1 Gen 1 connectors (2) Headset connector Microphone connector Power button 1             HDMI-out connector USB 3.1 Gen 1 connectors (2) USB 3.1 Gen 2 connectors (2) USB 2.0 connectors (2) Ethernet connector Headset connector Expansion card slots (such as graphic card) Rubber cable tie Power connector 2 Do not open your computer or attempt any repairs before reading the “Important safety information” in the Safety, Warranty, Environment, Recycling Information Guide and Important Product Information Guide that was included with your computer. If you no longer have this copy of the Safety, Warranty, Environment, Recycling Information Guide and Important Product Information Guide, you can obtain one online from the website at http://www.lenovo.com/UserManuals. Before proceeding with the disassembly procedure, make sure that you do the following: Turn off the power to the system and all peripherals. Unplug all power and signal cables from the computer. Place the system on a flat, stable surface. CRUs for your computer include: keyboard mouse power cord computer cover hard disk drive optical drive solid state drive heat sink and fan assembly PCI express adapter memory module coin-cell battery power supply 3 This part contains instructions for replacing the following parts: Hard disk drive (Follow steps: ) Optical drive (Follow steps: ) Solid state drive (Follow steps: ) Heat sink and fan assembly (Follow steps: ) PCI express adapter (Follow steps: ) Memory module (Follow steps: ) Coin-cell battery (Follow steps: ) Power supply (Follow steps: ) 4   5 6 7 Type 1 8 Type 2 Type 3 9 Type 4 10 11 1                        2   3                        4       1                               2       3                               4           12 13 [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/t730-tower/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Lenovo-logo-300x100-1.webp" /></p>
<h4></h4>
<p>Machine Type (MT): 90JF, 90JL, 90JU, 90JY, 90K0<br />
Energy Star MT: 90JF, 90JL, 90JY</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Legion-T730-T530-Series-129x300-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Front-and-top-view-of-the-computer-1-145x300-1.webp" />      <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Front-and-top-view-of-the-computer-2-154x300-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Optical drive eject button (selected models only)</li>
<li>Optical drive (selected models only)</li>
<li>USB 3.1 Gen 1 connectors (2)</li>
<li>Headset connector</li>
<li>Microphone connector</li>
<li>Power button</li>
</ol>
<p>1</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Rear-view-of-the-computer-T530-28ICB-146x300-1.webp" />     <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Rear-view-of-the-computer-T530-28APR-145x300-1.webp" />      <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Rear-view-of-the-computer-T730-28ICO-145x300-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>HDMI-out connector</li>
<li>USB 3.1 Gen 1 connectors (2)</li>
<li>USB 3.1 Gen 2 connectors (2)</li>
<li>USB 2.0 connectors (2)</li>
<li>Ethernet connector</li>
<li>Headset connector</li>
<li>Expansion card slots (such as graphic card)</li>
<li>Rubber cable tie</li>
<li>Power connector</li>
</ol>
<p>2</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p>Do not open your computer or attempt any repairs before reading the “Important safety information” in the Safety, Warranty, Environment, Recycling Information Guide and Important Product Information Guide that was included with your computer.</p>
<p>If you no longer have this copy of the Safety, Warranty, Environment, Recycling Information Guide and Important Product Information Guide, you can obtain one online from the website at <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/UserManuals" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/UserManuals</a>.</p>
<h5></h5>
<p>Before proceeding with the disassembly procedure, make sure that you do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn off the power to the system and all peripherals.</li>
<li>Unplug all power and signal cables from the computer.</li>
<li>Place the system on a flat, stable surface.</li>
</ol>
<p>CRUs for your computer include:</p>
<ul>
<li>keyboard</li>
<li>mouse</li>
<li>power cord</li>
<li>computer cover</li>
<li>hard disk drive</li>
<li>optical drive</li>
<li>solid state drive</li>
<li>heat sink and fan assembly</li>
<li>PCI express adapter</li>
<li>memory module</li>
<li>coin-cell battery</li>
<li>power supply</li>
</ul>
<p>3</p>
<p>This part contains instructions for replacing the following parts:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hard disk drive (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Optical drive (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Solid state drive (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Heat sink and fan assembly (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>PCI express adapter (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Memory module (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Coin-cell battery (Follow steps: )</li>
<li>Power supply (Follow steps: )</li>
</ul>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-1-300x235-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-2-300x236-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-3-300x242-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-1-300x235-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-2-300x236-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-keyboard-3-300x242-1.webp" /></p>
<p>4</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<h5> <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-power-cord-300x238-1.webp" /></h5>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<h5><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-computer-cover-300x265-1.webp" /></h5>
<p>5</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Removing-the-front-bezel-300x198-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-hard-disk-drive-1-300x300-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-hard-disk-drive-2-300x183-1.webp" /></p>
<p>6</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-optical-drive-1-216x300-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-optical-drive-2-300x197-1.webp" /></p>
<p>7</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-solid-state-drive-290x300-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<ul>
<li><strong>Type 1</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-heat-sink-and-fan-assembly-Type-1-300x232-1.webp" /></p>
<p>8</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Type 2</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-heat-sink-and-fan-assembly-Type-2-300x232-1.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Type 3</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-heat-sink-and-fan-assembly-Type-3-300x181-1.webp" /></p>
<p>9</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Type 4</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-heat-sink-and-fan-assembly-Type-4a-300x267-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-heat-sink-and-fan-assembly-Type-4b-300x232-1.webp" /></p>
<p>10</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-PCI-express-adapter-1-300x205-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-PCI-express-adapter-2-300x275-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-PCI-express-adapter-3-266x300-1.webp" /></p>
<p>11</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-PCI-express-adapter-4-300x234-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<p><strong>1</strong>                        <strong>2</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-memory-module-1-300x199-1.webp" />  <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-memory-module-2-278x300-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>3</strong>                        <strong>4</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-memory-module-3-287x300-1.webp" />      <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-memory-module-4-300x194-1.webp" /></p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><strong>1</strong>                               <strong>2</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-coin-cell-battery-1.webp" />      <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-coin-cell-battery-2.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>3</strong>                               <strong>4</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-coin-cell-battery-3-300x188-1.webp" />          <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-the-coin-cell-battery-4.webp" /></p>
<p>12</p>
<h5></h5>
<hr />
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Replacing-a-power-supply-242x300-1.webp" /></p>
<p>13</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo Smart Clock Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-clock/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Sep 2023 18:52:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=216891</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Lenovo Smart Clock User Guide W A K I N G U P A N D G E T T I N G R E A D Y F O R S L E E P H A V E NEVER BEEN EASIER. Designed to live on your nightstand, the Lenovo Smart Clock with the Google Assistant has a 4″ touch screen and delivers delightful, visual experiences when you need them the most: in the morning, when you wake up, and in the evening, when you’re ready for sleep. With help from your Google Assistant, waking up and getting ready for bed have never been easier. Ask it questions and tell it to do things – it responds to your voice or touch. Just start with “Hey Google” to set an alarm, enjoy music, check your next meeting time, control your smart home, and more – all hands-free. WHY YOU SHOULD GET THE LENOVO SMART CLOCK Kickstart your day Wake up with hundreds of sounds and media alarms to choose from. To snooze it, just tap on your Smart Clock. Check the display and see the weather, your calendar, commute info, news and more with the “Good morning” routine. Unwind in the evening Do more with a single command with the “Good night” routine: turn off the lights, lock the doors, play some relaxing music, and more. You can also see alarm suggestions and set it up via voice or touch. Finally, charge your phone with the dedicated USB port that is conveniently located behind the device. Control your connected home Use your voice to control your smart home devices, and access them in a single dashboard. Turn on the lights, turn on the coffee maker – right when you wake up. Turn off lights, lock the front door, check your security camera before you go to sleep. Supporting 10,000+ products and 1000+ partners/brands. Enjoy your favorite tunes Play your favorite music, audiobooks, radio, podcasts, and more. With multi-room, you can add your Smart Clock to a speaker group and play media across multiple devices and rooms. Your Smart Clock also works with Chromecast, so you can stream your favorite shows, movies or music on your TV or speakers using only your voice. SPECIFICATIONS DESIGN Weight: 328 g (0.723 lbs) Display Camera Size : 4″ N/A Type : IPS  Resolution : 480 x 800 Screen : Touch Compatible Color &#38; Finish Soft Touch Cloth Grey /O Buttons Microphone Mute Toggle Volume +/- Buttons PERFORMANCE Processor Mediatek 8167S 1.5 GHz Audio 1 x 1.5″ 3W Speaker (Peak power of 6W) 2 x Passive Radiators Memory RAM : 1 GB Flash (eMCP) : 8 GB CONNECTIVITY Wireless Connectivity WLAN: 2.4G/5G Dual Band, IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac Bluetooth® : Bluetooth® 5.0 SOFTWARE The Google Assistant WHAT’S IN THE BOX Lenovo Smart Clock Adapter Quick Start Guide Warranty Card USB 2.0 Type-A Cable  WWW.LENOVO.COM Lenovo reserves the right to alter product offerings and specifications at any time, without notice. Lenovo makes every effort to ensure accuracy of all information but is not liable or responsible for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors. All images are for illustration purposes only. For full Lenovo product, service and warranty specifications visit www.lenovo.com. Lenovo makes no representations or warranties regarding third party products or services. Trademarks: The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo: Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Yoga. Google and Chromecast are trademarks of Google LLC. Ultrabook, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Core Inside, Intel, Intel Logo, Intel Atom, Intel Atom Inside, Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Inside Logo, Intel vPro, Itanium, Itanium Inside, Pentium, Pentium Inside, vPro Inside, Xeon, Xeon Phi and Xeon Inside are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company, product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Battery life (and recharge times) will vary based on many factors including system settings and usage. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-clock/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lenovo Smart Clock User Guide<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/0-59-300x106-1.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>W A K I N G U P A N D G E T T I N G R E A D Y F O R S L E E P H A V E NEVER BEEN EASIER.</strong></p>
<p>Designed to live on your nightstand, the Lenovo Smart Clock with the Google Assistant has a 4″ touch screen and delivers delightful, visual experiences when you need them the most: in the morning, when you wake up, and in the evening, when you’re ready for sleep. With help from your Google Assistant, waking up and getting ready for bed have never been easier. Ask it questions and tell it to do things – it responds to your voice or touch. Just start with “Hey Google” to set an alarm, enjoy music, check your next meeting time, control your smart home, and more – all hands-free.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/0-59-300x106-2.webp" /></p>
<h4><strong>WHY YOU SHOULD GET THE LENOVO SMART CLOCK</strong></h4>
<p><strong>Kickstart your day</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/2-145-300x297-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Wake up with hundreds of sounds and media alarms to choose from. To snooze it, just tap on your Smart Clock. Check the display and see the weather, your calendar, commute info, news and more with the “Good morning” routine.</p>
<p><strong>Unwind in the evening</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/3-135-300x297-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Do more with a single command with the “Good night” routine: turn off the lights, lock the doors, play some relaxing music, and more. You can also see alarm suggestions and set it up via voice or touch. Finally, charge your phone with the dedicated USB port that is conveniently located behind the device.</p>
<p><strong>Control your connected home</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/4-132-300x297-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Use your voice to control your smart home devices, and access them in a single dashboard. Turn on the lights, turn on the coffee maker – right when you wake up. Turn off lights, lock the front door, check your security camera before you go to sleep. Supporting 10,000+ products and 1000+ partners/brands.</p>
<p><strong>Enjoy your favorite tunes</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/5-128-300x297-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Play your favorite music, audiobooks, radio, podcasts, and more. With multi-room, you can add your Smart Clock to a speaker group and play media across multiple devices and rooms. Your Smart Clock also works with Chromecast, so you can stream your favorite shows, movies or music on your TV or speakers using only your voice.</p>
<h4>SPECIFICATIONS</h4>
<h5>DESIGN</h5>
<table width="958">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="80"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/6-121-300x257-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Weight:</strong></p>
<p>328 g (0.723 lbs)</td>
<td colspan="2" width="173"><strong>Display<br />
</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/7-110.webp" /></td>
<td width="84"><strong>Camera</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">Size :</td>
<td width="89">4″</td>
<td rowspan="4" width="84">N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">Type :</td>
<td width="89">IPS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84"> Resolution :</td>
<td width="89">480 x 800</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="84">Screen :</td>
<td width="89">Touch Compatible</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="173">Color &amp; Finish<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/8-105.webp" /><br />
Soft Touch Cloth Grey</td>
<td width="84">/O Buttons Microphone Mute Toggle Volume +/- Buttons</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>PERFORMANCE</h5>
<p><strong>Processor</strong><br />
Mediatek 8167S 1.5 GHz</p>
<p><strong>Audio</strong><br />
1 x 1.5″ 3W Speaker (Peak power of 6W)<br />
2 x Passive Radiators</p>
<p><strong>Memory</strong><br />
<strong>RAM</strong> : 1 GB<br />
<strong>Flash (eMCP)</strong> : 8 GB</p>
<h5>CONNECTIVITY</h5>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/9-94.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Wireless Connectivity</strong><br />
<strong>WLAN:</strong> 2.4G/5G Dual Band, IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac<br />
<strong>Bluetooth®</strong> : Bluetooth® 5.0</p>
<h5>SOFTWARE</h5>
<p>The Google Assistant</p>
<h4>WHAT’S IN THE BOX</h4>
<ul>
<li>Lenovo Smart Clock</li>
<li>Adapter</li>
<li>Quick Start Guide</li>
<li>Warranty Card</li>
<li>USB 2.0 Type-A Cable</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/10-95-300x70-1.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/11-88.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/12-83-1.webp" /> <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">WWW.LENOVO.COM</a></p>
<p>Lenovo reserves the right to alter product offerings and specifications at any time, without notice. Lenovo makes every effort to ensure accuracy of all information but is not liable or responsible for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors. All images are for illustration purposes only. For full Lenovo product, service and warranty specifications visit <a href="http://www.lenovo.com./" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.lenovo.com.</a> Lenovo makes no representations or warranties regarding third party products or services. Trademarks: The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo: Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Yoga. Google and Chromecast are trademarks of Google LLC. Ultrabook, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Core Inside, Intel, Intel Logo, Intel Atom, Intel Atom Inside, Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Inside Logo, Intel vPro, Itanium, Itanium Inside, Pentium, Pentium Inside, vPro Inside, Xeon, Xeon Phi and Xeon Inside are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company, product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Battery life (and recharge times) will vary based on many factors including system settings and usage.</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo Powered Laptop NQ50A6139 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/nq50a6139-laptop/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 13:34:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=214369</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Lenovo Powered Laptop Instructions Get it started The illustrations are for your reference. For selected models Overview Scan the User Guide QR code to see the USB transfer rate. Specific absorption rate (SAR) YOUR DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. Your device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radio frequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Refer to the following for 10g SAR limit and maximum reported SAR values: Item Body-worn SAR Limb SAR 10g SAR limit 2 W/kg 4 W/kg Maximum SAR with 0 mm separation distance 1.064 W/kg 1.064 W/kg Where possible, your radio device should be used on a table, desk or tray, which also assists ventilation. To limit exposure from radio waves, use the device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas furthest from your body and that of other people. Refer to the User Guide of your product to view the locations of the antennas. Pregnant women should keep the antennas away from their stomach and adolescences away from their lower abdomen. Wearers of electronic implant devices (pacemakers, insulin pumps, neurostimulators, etc.) should maintain a distance greater than 15 centimeters between the radio device and the implant device. Obey all local restrictions when using your device in public areas, such as hospitals, airplanes, or schools. European Union — compliance with the Radio Equipment Directive Hereby, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo V17 G2 ITL is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc. This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power: Technology Frequency band [MHz] Maximum transmit power WLAN 802.11b/g/n/ax 2400 – 2483.5 &#60; 20 dBm WLAN 802.11a/n/ac/ax 5150 – 5350, 5470 – 5725 &#60; 23 dBm WLAN 802.11a/n/ac/ax 5725 – 5875 &#60; 13.98 dBm Bluetooth BR/EDR/LE 2400 – 2483.5 &#60; 20 dBm Usage of all the radio devices is limited to indoor in the band 5150 MHz to 5350 MHz (channels 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64). Trademarks Lenovo, and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. USB-C is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Lenovo. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/nq50a6139-laptop/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4>Lenovo Powered Laptop Instructions</h4>
<h4>Get it started</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/unnamed-file-2.webp" /></p>
<p>The illustrations are for your reference.<br />
For selected models</p>
<h4>Overview</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/unnamed-file-2.webp" /></p>
<p>Scan the User Guide QR code to see the USB transfer rate.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/unnamed-file-2.webp" /></p>
<h4>Specific absorption rate (SAR)</h4>
<p>YOUR DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.<br />
Your device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radio frequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.<br />
The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Refer to the following for 10g SAR limit and maximum reported SAR values:</p>
<table width="900">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="172"><strong>Item</strong></td>
<td width="76"><strong>Body-worn SAR</strong></td>
<td width="67"><strong>Limb SAR</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">10g SAR limit</td>
<td width="76">2 W/kg</td>
<td width="67">4 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">Maximum SAR with 0 mm separation distance</td>
<td width="76">1.064 W/kg</td>
<td width="67">1.064 W/kg</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Where possible, your radio device should be used on a table, desk or tray, which also assists ventilation. To limit exposure from radio waves, use the device under good radio signal conditions and keep the antennas furthest from your body and that of other people. Refer to the User Guide of your product to view the locations of the antennas. Pregnant women should keep the antennas away from their stomach and adolescences away from their lower abdomen.</p>
<p>Wearers of electronic implant devices (pacemakers, insulin pumps, neurostimulators, etc.) should maintain a distance greater than 15 centimeters between the radio device and the implant device. Obey all local restrictions when using your device in public areas, such as hospitals, airplanes, or schools.</p>
<h4>European Union — compliance with the Radio Equipment Directive</h4>
<p>Hereby, Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo V17 G2 ITL is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the system EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc.<br />
This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power:</p>
<table width="1129">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="102"><strong>Technology</strong></td>
<td width="106"><strong>Frequency band [MHz]</strong></td>
<td width="106"><strong>Maximum transmit power</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">WLAN 802.11b/g/n/ax</td>
<td width="106">2400 – 2483.5</td>
<td width="106">&lt; 20 dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">WLAN 802.11a/n/ac/ax</td>
<td width="106">5150 – 5350, 5470 – 5725</td>
<td width="106">&lt; 23 dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">WLAN 802.11a/n/ac/ax</td>
<td width="106">5725 – 5875</td>
<td width="106">&lt; 13.98 dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="102">Bluetooth BR/EDR/LE</td>
<td width="106">2400 – 2483.5</td>
<td width="106">&lt; 20 dBm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Usage of all the radio devices is limited to indoor in the band 5150 MHz to 5350 MHz (channels 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64).</p>
<h4>Trademarks</h4>
<p>Lenovo, and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. USB-C is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Lenovo.</p>
<h4></h4>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor P27h-20 Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/p27h-20-monitor/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Aug 2023 14:16:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=196676</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor &#160; Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor MODEL: P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor Machine Type: 61E9 Product Number 61E9-GAR6-WW First Edition (10 2019) © Copyright Lenovo 2019 All rights reserved. LENOVO products, data, computer software, and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 47 C.F.R. 2.101 with limited and restricted rights to use, reproduction, and disclosure. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: IF products, data, computer software, or services are delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration “GSA”  contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. © Copyright Lenovo 2019 Safety information General Safety guidelines For tips to help you use your computer safely, go to: http://www.lenovo.com/safety  Before installing this product, read the Safety Information. Safety and Maintenance Guidelines Important Safety Information The power cord is designed for use with your monitor. To use a different cord, use only a power source and connection compatible with this monitor. WARNING: Always connect your monitor, the computer, and other equipment to a grounded (earthed) power outlet. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to your equipment, do not disable the power cord grounding feature. The grounding plug is an important safety feature. WARNING: For your safety, be sure that the grounded power outlet you plug the power cord into is easily accessible to the operator and located as close to the equipment as possible. To disconnect power from the equipment, unplug the power cord from the power outlet by grasping the plug firmly. Never pull on the cord. CAUTION: To protect your monitor, as well as your computer, connect all power cords for your computer and its peripheral devices (such as a monitor, printer, or scanner) to a surge protection device such as a power strip with surge protection or uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Not all power strips provide surge protection; the power strips must be specifically labeled as having this ability. Use a power strip whose manufacturer offers a damage replacement policy, so you can replace your equipment if surge protection fails. CAUTION: A certified power supply cord has to be used with this equipment. The relevant national installation and/or equipment regulations shall be considered. A certified power supply cord not lighter than ordinary polyvinyl chloride flexible cord according to IEC 60227 (designation H05VV-F 3G 0.75mm² or H05VVH2-F2 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used. An alternative flexible cord is synthetic rubber. Safety Precautions ■Use only a power source and connection compatible with this monitor, as indicated on the label/back plate of the monitor. ■Be sure the total ampere rating of the products connected to the outlet does not exceed the current rating of the electrical outlet, and the total ampere rating of the products connected to the power cord does not exceed the rating of the power cord. Look on the power label to determine the ampere rating (Amps or A) for each device. ■ Install your monitor near a power outlet that you can easily reach. Disconnect the monitor by grasping the plug firmly and pulling it from the outlet. Never disconnect the monitor by pulling the cord. ■ Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not walk on the cord. ■ While using VESA mount application, the AC Inlet must face to the downside. Do not face any other position. Maintenance Guidelines To enhance the performance and extend the life of your monitor: ■ Do not open your monitor cabinet or attempt to service this product yourself. If your monitor is not operating properly or has been dropped or damaged, contact your Lenovo authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider. ■ Adjust only those controls that are described in the operating instructions. ■ Turn your monitor off when not in use. You can substantially increase the life expectancy of the monitor by using a screen saver program and turning off the monitor when not in use. ■ Keep your monitor in a well-ventilated area, away from excessive light, heat, or moisture. ■ Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation. These openings must not be blocked or covered. Never push objects of any kind into cabinet slots or other openings. ■ Unplug the monitor from the power outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. ■ Do not drop the monitor or place it on an unstable surface. ■ When removing the monitor base, you must lay the monitor face down on a soft area to prevent it from getting scratched, defaced, or broken. Cleaning the Monitor The monitor is a high-quality optical device that requires special care when cleaning. To clean the monitor, follow these steps: 1. Turn off the computer and the monitor. 2. Unplug your monitor from the power outlet before cleaning. CAUTION: Do not use benzene, thinner, ammonia, or any volatile substance to clean the monitor screen or cabinet. These chemicals may damage the monitor. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. Never use water to clean an LCD screen. 3. Wipe the screen with a dry, soft, clean cloth. If the screen requires additional cleaning, use an antistatic screen cleaner. 4. Dust the monitor housing. Use a damp cloth to clean the cabinet. If the cabinet requires additional cleaning, use a clean cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 5. Plug in the monitor. 6. Turn on the monitor and the computer. Chapter 1 Getting started This User’s Guide contains detailed information on the ThinkVision® P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor. For a quick overview, please see the Setup Poster that was shipped with your monitor. Shipping contents The product package should include the following items: ● Information Flyer ● Flat Panel Monitor ● Monitor stand ● Monitor base ● Power Cord ● USB C-C Cable ● USB C-A Cable(optional) ● DP cable(optional) ● HDMI Cable(optional) Notice for use To set up your monitor, please see the illustrations below. Note: Do not touch the monitor within the screen area. The screen area is glass and can be damaged by rough handling or excessive pressure. 1. Place your monitor with the screen face down on a soft flat surface. 2. Put the stand and base to the monitor. Note: To attach a VESA mount, please see “Detaching the monitor stand” on page 2-12. *: Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and is typically slower than the data rates as defined by the respective USB specifications: – 5 Gbit/s for USB 3.1 Gen 1; 10 Gbit/s for USB 3.1 Gen 2 &#38; 20 Gbit/s for USB 3.2. Product overview This section will provide information on adjusting monitor positions, setting user controls, and using the cable lock slot. Types of adjustments Tilt Please see the illustration below for an example of the tilt range. Swivel With the built-in pedestal, you can tilt and swivel the monitor for the most comfortable viewing angle. Height Adjustment After pressing the top of the monitor, you can adjust the height of the monitor. Monitor Pivot – Adjust the monitor height before rotating the monitor screen. (Make sure that the monitor screen ascent to its highest point and it inclines backward at 35°) – Then rotate clockwise or anticlockwise until the monitor stops at 90°. User controls Your monitor has controls at the right side which are used to adjust the display. For information on how to use these controls, please see “Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6. Cable lock slot Your monitor is equipped with a cable lock slot located on the rear of your monitor. Please follow the instructions that came with the cable lock to attach it. Setting up your monitor This section provides information to help you set up your monitor. Connecting and turning on your monitor Note: Be sure to read the Safety Information located in the Flyer before carrying out this procedure. 1. Power off your computer and all attached devices, and unplug the computer power cord. 2. Connect one end of the DP cable to the DP connector on the back of the computer, and the other end to the DP connector on the monitor. Lenovo recommends that  customers who require using the Display Port input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo Display Port to Display Port cable 0A36537″. For more information, go to the following: www.lenovo.com/support/monitor accessories 3. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI connector on the back of the computer and the other end to the HDMI connector on the monitor. Lenovo recommends that customers who require to use the HDMI input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo HDMI to HDMI cableOB47070”. For more information, go to the following:  www.lenovo.com/support/monitor accessories 4. Connect one end of the USB C-C cable to the USB Type-C connector of the computer and the other end to the USB Type-C connector on the monitor. Connect one end of the network cable connector to the Ethernet interface of the monitor and the other end to the router. Note: Power output for USB-C: 20V/4.5A, 15V/3A, 9V/3A, 5V/3A. 5. Connect the speaker’s audio cable and audio jack of monitor to transfer audio source from DP, Type-C, HDMI, or USB. Note: The audio output in DP, Type-C and HDMI modes. 6. Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB downstream terminal of the monitor, and connect the other end of the USB cable to an appropriate USB port on your device. Note: 1. The USB downstream port does not provide power while the monitor is switched off. 2. Power output for USB-A: 5V/0.9A, USB-BC 1.2: 5V/2A. The maximum output for all USB Ports is no more than 90W. If there are any * tag, you can consult the comments on page 1-1. 7. Plug the monitor power cord and the computer cord into grounded electrical outlets. Note: A certified power supply cord has to be used with this equipment. The relevant national installation and/or equipment regulations shall be considered. A certified power supply cord not lighter than ordinary polyvinyl chloride flexible cord according to IEC 60227 (designation H05VV-F 3G 0.75mm² or H05VVH2-F2 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used.  Alternative a flexible cord be of synthetic rubber according to IEC 60245 (designation H05RR-F 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used. 8. Assembled cables with Line Cleaner as shown below. 9. Connect one end of the DP cable to the DP input on the back of another monitor and the other end to the DP output connector (for daisy chain) on the monitor. Note 1: Monitors sold in NA include a DP cable Note 2: For other regions, Lenovo recommends that customers who require using the Display Port input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo Display Port to Display Port cable 0A36537”. For more information, go to the following: www.lenovo.com/support/monitor accessories 10. Power on the monitor and the computer. 11. To install the monitor driver, you must download it from the Lenovo website (http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20) and follow the instructions on pages 3-5. Registering your option Thank you for purchasing this Lenovo® product. Please take a few moments to register your product and provide us with information that will help Lenovo to better serve you in the future. Your feedback is valuable to us in developing products and services that are important to you, as well as in developing better ways to communicate with you.  Register your option on the following Web site: http://www.lenovo.com/register Lenovo will send you information and updates on your registered product unless you indicate on the Web site questionnaire that you do not want to receive further information. Chapter 2 Adjusting and using your monitor This section will give you information on adjusting and using your monitor. Comfort and accessibility Good ergonomic practice is important to get the most from your personal computer and to avoid discomfort. Arrange your workplace and the equipment you use to suit your individual needs and the kind of work that you perform. In addition, use healthy work habits to maximize your performance and comfort while using your computer. Arranging your work area Use a work surface of appropriate height and available working area to allow you to work in comfort. Organize your work area to match the way you use materials and equipment. Keep your work area clean and clear for the materials that you typically use and place the items that you use most frequently, such as the computer mouse or telephone, within the easiest reach. Equipment layout and setup play a large role in your working posture. The following topics describe how to optimize equipment setup to achieve and maintain good working posture. Positioning and viewing your monitor Position and adjust your computer monitor for comfortable viewing by considering the following items: ● Viewing distance: Optimal viewing distances for monitors range from approximately 510mm to 760mm (20 into 30 in) and can vary depending on ambient light and time of day. You can achieve different viewing distances by repositioning your monitor or by modifying your posture or chair position. Use a viewing distance that is most comfortable for you. ● Monitor height: Position the monitor so your head and neck are in a comfortable and neutral (vertical, or upright) position. If your monitor does not have height adjustments, you might have to place books or other sturdy objects under the base of the monitor to achieve the desired height. A general guideline is to position the monitor such that the top of the screen is at or slightly below your eye height when you are comfortably seated. However, be sure to optimize your monitor height so the line of sight between your eyes and the center of the monitor suits your preferences for visual distance and comfortable viewing when your eye muscles are in a relaxed state. ● Tilt: Adjust the tilt of your monitor to optimize the appearance of the screen content and to accommodate your preferred head and neck posture. ● General location: Position your monitor to avoid glare or reflections on the screen from overhead lighting or nearby windows. The following are some other tips for comfortable viewing of your monitor: ● Use adequate lighting for the type of work you are performing. ● Use the monitor brightness, contrast, and image adjustment controls, if equipped, to optimize the image on your screen to meet your visual preferences. ● Keep your monitor screen clean so you can focus on the screen’s contents. Any concentrated and sustained visual activity can be tiring for your eyes. Be sure to periodically look away from your monitor screen and focus on a far object to allow your eye muscles to relax. If you have questions on eye fatigue or visual discomfort, consult a vision care specialist for advice. Health Administration Prolong exposure to computer screens may cause temporary visual fatigue. Factors including working environment, working habit and posture, screen flicker, and blue light contribute to this condition. To minimize visual fatigue certain adjustments can be made on the workstations or using suitable computer screens with features that alleviate eye strain. Environment Visual fatigue is affected by the working environment. Glare reductions and appropriate lighting situations help minimize this condition. ● Glare reduction Glare can be reduced by a) Changing the position of any light source that is causing the glare. b) Fitting the light sources with appropriate diffusers or lampshades. c) Using curtains or blind on windows to minimize glare from direct sunlight. d) Adjusting the monitor position to be perpendicular to the source of light or windows. e) Using an anti-glare screen – ThinkVision monitors have an anti-glare surface treatment that scatters light for reflection-free work usage. ● Lighting Adequate lighting is necessary to avoid glare and eye fatigue. Excessive or insufficient lighting makes the display on-screen harder to see. Generally, lighting level should not exceed 750 lux, and levels ranging from 300 to 500 lux are most appropriate for computer desk work. Recommended lighting arrangement includes positioning work stations away from direct sunlight or using overhead lighting with baffles or louvers that reduce glare. Working Habits Long exposures to computer screens may cause eye strain. Symptoms include headache, burning eyes, blurred vision, and discomfort. To minimize eye strain, computer users can adjust working habits to let their eyes relax and recover. ● Break Times Computer users should take some time away from the screen especially if working for prolonged hours. Generally, it is recommended to take short breaks (5 – 15 mins) after 1 –2 hours of continuous computer works. Taking short and frequent breaks is more advised than longer breaks. ● Looking at Distant Objects Users often blink less when in front of the monitor screen. To minimize eye strain and dryness, users should rest the eye periodically by focusing on objects that are far away. ● Eye and Neck Exercises Certain exercise reduces eye strain and prevents the early onset of musculoskeletal disorders. It is recommended to repeat these exercises often. However, should symptoms persist it is recommended to consult a physician? Exercises for the eye: 1. Alternate looking up and looking down while keeping the body and head upright. 2. Slowly roll your eyes to look to the left and right. 3. Roll eyes to look at objects on the upper right corner and then on the lower right. Do the same thing to look at objects on the upper left and lower left. Exercises for the neck: 1. Relax arm at the side. Bend head forward to slightly stretch the neck. Hold for 5 seconds. 2. Relax arm at the side. Turn head to the right. Hold for 5 seconds. Then turn head to the left. 3. Relax arm at the side. Swing head to the left. Hold for 5 seconds. Then swing head to the right. Working Posture An appropriate working position helps minimize eye discomfort. The seating position and ideal placement of the monitor are essential for a comfortable working experience. ● Seating Position Placing the monitor too far or too close may lead to eye strain. Far viewing distance causes users to lean forward to see small texts, which strain the eyes and torso. Close viewing distance, on the other hand, strains the eye resulting from exerting more effort to focus and also causes the user to sit in awkward body posture (i.e. tilting the head, typing with outstretched arms, etc.) Recommended viewing distance between the eye and the monitor screen is 1.5 x the diagonal of the screen. Solutions in meeting this required distance in cramped office situations include pulling desk away from wall or divider to make room for a monitor, using flat-panel or compact displays placing the monitor in the desk corner, or placing the keyboard in an adjustable drawer to create a deeper working surface. ThinkVision monitors are designed to maximize workspace (e.g. having thin profiles, compatible with ThinkCentre Tiny back mount, practical cable management, etc). ● Viewing Angle Neck fatigue and pain may result from prolonging turning of the head to see objects on the monitor screen. To minimize this, position the monitor directly in front so the head,  neck, and torso face forward to the screen. It is recommended that the monitor should not be more than 35 degrees to the right or left of the head. Monitors should also not be placed too high or too low as this contributes to awkward posture which results to muscle fatigue. Reduce Flicker Monitor flickers refer to repeated changes in monitor light intensity. It is caused by several factors including but not limited to voltage fluctuations. Reducing flicker minimizes eye strain and headaches. ThinkVision monitors allow users to use high-frequency display modes that can effectively reduce flicker. Low Blue Light Concerns on blue light affecting eye health have risen over the years. Blue light has a wavelength between 300 nm to 500 nm. The monitors have a factory setting that reduces blue light emissions. Users can enable low blue light mode on these monitors from the OSD settings. 1. Press to open the main OSD menu. 2. Use or to move among the icons. Select icon (Advanced Settings) and press to access this function. 3. Use or to move among the items. Select Scenario Modes and press to access this function. 4. Select Low Blue Light and press to enable/disable Low Blue Light. Accessibility information Lenovo is committed to providing greater access to information and technology to people with disabilities. With assistive technologies, users can access information in the way most appropriate to their disability. Some of these technologies are already provided in your operating system; others can be purchased through vendors or accessed at: https://lenovo.ssbbartgroup.com/lenovo/request_vpat.php Adjusting your monitor image This section describes the user control features used to adjust your monitor image. Using the direct access controls The direct access controls can be used when the On-Screen Display (OSD) is not displayed. Table 2-1 Direct access controls Icon Control Description DDC-CI Press and hold for 10 seconds to enable or disable the DDC-CI function Input change Switches the video input source. Brightness Direct access to Brightness adjustment. Main menu Open OSD main menu. Press and hold for 10  seconds will lock menu/un-lock menu. Using the On-Screen Display (OSD) controls The settings adjustable with the user controls are viewed through the On-Screen Display (OSD), as shown below. To use the controls: 1. Press to open the main OSD menu. 2. Use or to move among the icons. Select an icon and press to access that function. If there is a sub-menu, you can move between options using or, then press to select that function. Use or to make adjustments. Pressto save. 3. Press to move backward through the sub-menus and exit from the OSD. 4. Press and holdfor 10 seconds to lock the OSD. This will prevent accidental adjustments to the OSD. Press and hold for 10 seconds to unlock the OSD and allow adjustments to the OSD. 5. Enables DDC/CI by default. Use OSD Exit Key, press and hold the buttons for 10 seconds to disable/enable DDC/CI function. The words ” DDC/CI Disable/DDC/CI/Enable” shows on the screen. 6. The ENERGY STAR option resets all user settings to default values so that the monitor can meet the requirements of Energy Star. Energy Star is an energy-saving program for consumer electronics led by the U.S. government. It was launched in 1992 by EPA and DOE to reduce energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. The Energy Star logo is a symbol of energy conservation and environmental protection. It improves the concept of energy efficiency of consumers and manufacturers and effectively guides the market. The regulation of Energy Star improves energy efficiency and reduces air pollution by using more energy-efficient equipment in homes, offices, and factories. One way to achieve this goal is to use management to reduce energy consumption when products are not in use. The default settings for monitors conform to Energy Star certification. Any changes by users for more features and functionalities may increase power consumption, which will exceed the limits of Energy Star’s standard. If the user changes the options related to energy efficiency when using, such as brightness, color mode, etc., select All Reset Factory or choose the Energy Star option, the power consumption will be restored to the energy efficiency with Energy Star standard. For more information, please refer to (www.energystar.gov/products). All products of Energy Star will be posted online and can be accessed directly by governments, public institutions, and consumers. OSD Icon on Main Menu Submenu Description Controls and Adjustments Monitor Controls Brightness Adjusts overall screen brightness Contrast Adjusts difference between light and dark areas. Volume Adjust the volume level. Advanced Settings Dynamic Contrast Enable dynamic contrast ratio. ● Off ● On Over Drive ● Off ● Norm al ● Extreme Color Mode Adjusts intensity of red, green, and blue. ● sRGB ● BT.709 ● DCI-P3 ● Neutral ● Reddish ● Bluish ● Custom… Red: Increases or decreases the saturation of ‘red’ in the image. Green: Increases or decreases the saturation of ‘green’ in the image. Blue: Increases or decreases the saturation of ‘blue’ in the image. Scenario Modes ● Panel Native ●Image Creation ● Digital Cinema ● Video Creation ● Low Blue Light Aspect Ratio Selects type of scaled image. ● Full Screen: Expand image to full screen. ● Original AR: Ratio with input signal. Button Repeat Rate ● Off ● Default ● Slow OSD Icon on Main Menu Submenu Description Controls and Adjustments Port Setting Input Signal This monitor can accept video signals through three different connectors. Select digital among OSD controls when you use HDMI/DP/USB-C connector. ● HDMI ● Display Port ● USB-C USB Charging ● Off ● On Smart rower ● Off ● On Super USB-C Charging ● Off ● On DP Select ● DP1.1 ● DP1.2 Daisy Chain ● Off ● On Menu Setting Language Select OSD Language. Note The language chosen only affects the language of the OSD. It has no effect on any software running on the computer. Menu Time Out Sets the length of time the OSD will remain active after the last time a button is pressed. Menu Horizontal Changes the horizontal position of the OSD. Menu Vertical Changes the vertical position of the OSD. Transparency choose the transparency of OSD Factory Reset Resets monitor to the original factory settings. ● Yes ● No The ENERGY STAR Logo means resets all user settings to default values so that the monitor can meet the requirements of Energy Star. Exit / Exit OSD menu. / *Low Blue Light Mode is reducing the blue light content. *The use of Extreme Mode (response time) may result in reduced display quality when fast-moving video graphics are displayed. Users should check Extreme Mode (response time) to verify if it is compatible with any applications they would like to use it with. Selecting a supported display mode The display mode the monitor uses is controlled by the computer. Therefore, refer to your computer documentation for details on how to change display modes. The image size, position and shape might change when the display mode changes. This is normal and the image can be readjusted using automatic image setup and the image controls. Unlike CRT monitors, which require a high refresh rate to minimize flicker, LCD or Flat Panel technology is inherently flicker-free. Note: If your system has previously been used with a CRT monitor and is currently configured to a display mode outside the range of this monitor, you may need to re-attach the CRT monitor temporarily until you have re-configured the system; preferably to 2560×1440 @ 60Hz, which is the Native Resolution Display mode. The display modes shown below have been optimized at the factory. Table 2-3.Factory set display modes Addressability Refresh rate 640×480 60Hz 720×400 70Hz 800×600 60Hz 1024×768 60Hz 1280×720 60Hz 1280×800 60Hz 1280×1024 60Hz 1440×900 60Hz, reduced 60Hz 1600×900 reduced 60Hz 1680×1050 60Hz 1920×1080 60Hz 2560×1440 60Hz Image rotation Before rotating the monitor, you should set up your computer to rotate the image. Rotating the image may require special rotation software or you may find that your computer is preloaded with video graphic drivers that allow image rotation. Check the Graphic Properties setting on your computer to see if this feature is available. Try these steps to check if image rotation is available on your computer. 1.Right-click on the desktop and click Properties. 2. Select the Settings tab and click Advanced. 3. If you have ATI, select the Rotation tab and set the preferred rotation. If you have nVidia, click the nVidia tab, in the left-hand column select NV Rotate, and then select the preferred rotation. If you have Intel, select the Intel graphics tab, click Graphic Properties, select the Rotation tab, and then set the preferred rotation. Check with the manufacturer of your computer to see if graphic drivers with image rotation can be downloaded from their support website. Understanding power management Understanding power management is invoked when the computer recognizes that you have not using your mouse or keyboard for a user-definable period. There are several states as described in the table below. For optimal performance, switch off your monitor at the end of each working day, or whenever you expect to leave it unused for long periods during the day. Table2-4.Power indicator State Power Indicator Screen Restoring Operation Compliance On Steady green Normal Standby/ Suspend Steady amber Blank Press a key or move the mouse. There may  be a slight delay reappears. Note: Standby also occurs if there is no  image output to the monitor. ENERGY STAR Off Off Off Press power key to switch on There may be  a slight delay before the image reappears. ENERGY STAR Energy Star Power consumption Port 19.34 W ETEC 60.61 kWh ** Maximum power consumption with max luminance. This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software, components, and peripherals you ordered, and shall have no obligation to update such information. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied. Caring for your monitor Be sure to turn off the power before you perform any maintenance on the monitor. Do not: ● Apply water or liquid directly to your monitor. ● Use solvents or abrasives. ● Use flammable cleaning materials to clean your monitor or any other electrical equipment. ● Touch the screen area of your monitor with sharp or abrasive items. This type of contact may cause permanent damage to your screen. ● Use any cleaner which contains an anti-static solution or similar additives. This may harm the coating of the screen area. Do: ● Lightly dampen a soft cloth with water and use this to gently wipe the covers and the screen. ● Remove grease or finger marks with a damp cloth and a little mild detergent. Detaching the monitor stand After placing the monitor face down on a clean and soft surface, push the hook of the stand and lift the stand up to remove it from the monitor. Refer to the instructions that come with the VESA compatible base mounting kit. 1. Place the monitor face down on a non-abrasive surface on stable flat table. 2. Remove the stand. 3. Attach the mounting bracket from the wall mounting kit to the monitor. 4. Mount the monitor on the wall by following the instructions that come with the base mounting kit. NOTE: For use only with UL and GS Listed Wall Mount Bracket with minimum weight/load bearing capacity of 6.00 kg. In order to fulfil TCO Certification for this wall  mounting option, shielded power cable is mandatory to be used. Chapter 3 Reference information This section contains monitor specifications, instructions to manually install the monitor driver, troubleshooting information, and service information. Monitor specifications Table 3-1. Monitor specifications for type-model 61E9-GAR6-WW Dimensions Height 576.5 mm (22.7 in.) Depth 208 mm (8.19 in.) Width 613.8 mm (24.17in.) Stand Tilt range Range: -5°/+35° Swivel Range: -45V+45° Lift Range: 135mm Pivot Yes (clockwise 90° &#38; anticlockwise 90°) VESA mount Supported(GS&#38;UL Approved) 100 mm (3.94 in.) Image Viewable image size 685 mm (27 in.) Maximum height 335.66 mm (13.21 in.) Maximum width 596.74 mm (23.49 in.) Pixel pitch 0.2331mm (0.0092 in.) (V) Response time Normal: 6 ms Extreme: 4 ms Power input Supply voltage 100-240 VAC 60/50 Hz current 2.0A USB Type C PD Function Supply voltage/current 5V or 9V or 15V DC 3A or 20V DC 3.25A or 20V DC 4.5A Max. Power consumption Note: Power consumption figures are for the monitor and the power delivery together. Max Consumption 150W Typical Consumption 27W Standby/Suspend &#60;05W Off &#60;03W Video input (DP) Input signal DP Horizontal addressability 2560 pixels (max) Vertical addressability 1440 lines (max) Clock frequency 300 MHz Video input (HDMI) Input signal HDMI Horizontal addressability 2560 pixels (max) Vertical addressability 1440 lines (max) Clock frequency 300 MHz Video input (Type-q Input signal Type-C Horizontal addressability 2560 pixels (max) Vertical addressability 1440 lines (max) Clock frequency 300 MHz Communications VESA DDC CI Altitude Test Operation 5000 m (16404 ft.) Supported Display Modes Horizontal frequency 30 kHz – 90 kHz (VESA Standard modes between noted ranges) Vertical frequency 50 Hz – 75 Hz Native Resolution 2560 x 1440 at 60 Hz Temperature Operating 0° to 40°C (32°F to 104° F) Storage -20° to 60°C (-4°F to 140° F) Shipping -20° to 60°C (-4° F to 140° F) Humidity Operating 8% to 80% Storage 5% to 95% Shipping 5% to 95% Troubleshooting If you have a problem setting up or using your monitor, you might be able to solve it yourself. Before calling your dealer or Lenovo, try the suggested actions that are appropriate to your problem. Table3-2.Troubleshooting Problem Possible cause Suggested action Reference The words” Out of Range” are shown on the screen, and the power indicator is flashing white. The system is set to a display mode which is not supported by the monitor. • If you are replacing an old monitor, reconnect it and adjust the display mode to within the specified range for your new monitor. •If using a Windows system, restart the system in safe mode, then select a supported display mode for your computer. •f these options do not work, contact the Customer Support Centre. “Selecting a supported display mode” on page 2-10 The image quality is unacceptable. The video signal cable is not connected with the monitor or system completely. Be sure the signal cable is firmly plugged into the system and monitor. “Connecting and turning on your monitor” on page 14 The image quality is unacceptable. The color settings may be incorrect. Select another colour setting from the OSD menu. “Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6 The power indicator is not lit and there is no image. •The monitor’s power switch is not switched on. •The power cord is loose or disconnected. •There is no power at the outlet. •Be sure the power cord is connected properly. •Be sure the outlet has power. •Power on the monitor. •Try using another power cord. •Try using another electrical outlet. “Connecting and turning on your monitor” on page 14 Table3-2.Troubleshooting(continued) Problem Possible cause Suggested action Reference Screen is blank and power indicator is steady amber or flashing white The monitor is in Standby/Suspend mode •Press any key on the keyboard or move the mouse to restore operation. •Check the Power options settings on your computer. “Understanding power management” on page 2-11 The power indicator is white, but there is no image. The video signal cable is loose or disconnected from the system or monitor. Be sure the video cable is connected with the system properly. “Connecting and turning on your monitor ” on page 1-4 The power indicator is white, but there is no image. The monitor brightness and contrast are at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness and contrast setting on the OSD menu. “Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6 One or more of the pixels appear discoloured This is a characteristic of the LCD technology and is not an LCD defect. If there are more than five pixels missing, contact the Customer Support Centre. Appendix A, “Service and Support” on page A-1 • Fuzzy lines in text or a blurry image. • Horizontal or vertical lines through the image. • Your system Display Properties setting have not been optimized. Adjust the resolution settings on your system to match the native resolution for this monitor: 2560 x 1440 at 60 Hz. “Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6 •Fuzzy lines in text or a blurry image. •Horizontal or vertical lines through the image. • Your system Display Properties setting have not been optimized. When working in the native resolution, you may find additional improvements by adjusting the Dots Per Inch (DPI) setting on your system. See the Advanced section of your system’s display properties. Manually installing the monitor driver Below are steps for manually installing the monitor driver in Microsoft Windows 7, Microsoft Windows 10. Installing the monitor driver in Windows 7 To install the device driver in Microsoft® Windows 7, do the following: 1. Turn off the computer and all attached devices. 2. Ensure that the monitor is connected correctly. 3. Turn on the monitor and then turn on the computer. Allow your computer to boot into Windows 7 operating system. 4. From the Lenovo website http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20, find the corresponding monitor driver and download it to a PC to which this monitor is connected (such as a desktop). 5. Open the Display Properties window by right-clicking Start, Control Panel, Hardware, and Sound icon, and then click the Display icon. 6. Click the Change the display settings tab. 7. Click the Advanced Settings icon. 8. Click the Monitor tab. 9. Click the Properties button. 10. Click the Driver tab. 11. Click Update Driver, then click Browse the computer to find the driver program. 12. Select Pick from the list of device driver programs on the computer. 13. Click the Have Disk button. By clicking the Browse button, browse and point to the following path: X:Monitor DriversWindows 7 (Where X indicates “the folder in which the downloaded driver is located” (such as a desktop) 14. Select the “P27h-20.inf” file and click the Open button. Click the OK button. 15. Select Lenovo P27h-20 and click Next. 16. After the installation is complete, delete all downloaded files and close all windows. 17. Restart the system. The system will automatically select the maximum refresh rate and corresponding Colour Matching Profiles. Note: On LCD monitors, unlike CRTs, a faster refresh rate does not improve display quality. Lenovo recommends using either 2560 x 1440 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz, or 640 x 480 at refresh rate of 60 Hz. Installing the monitor driver in Windows 10 To use the Plug and Play feature in Microsoft Windows 10, do the following: 1. Turn off the computer and all attached devices. 2. Ensure that the monitor is connected correctly. 3. Turn on the monitor and then turn on the computer. Allow your computer to boot into Windows 10 operating system. 4. From the Lenovo website http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20, find the corresponding monitor driver and download it to a PC to which this monitor is connected (such as a desktop). 5. On the Desktop, move the mouse to the bottom-left corner of the screen, right-click choose Control Panel, then double click the icon of Hardware and Sound, and then click Display. 6. Click the Change the display settings tab. 7. Click the Advanced Settings button. 8. Click the Monitor tab. 9. Click the Properties button. 10. Click the Driver tab. 11. Click Update Driver, then click Browse the computer to find the driver program. 12. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer”. 13. Click the Have Disk button. By clicking the Browse button, browse and point to the following path: X:Monitor DriversWindows 10 (where X indicates “the folder in which the downloaded driver is located” (such as a desktop) 14. Select the “P27h-20.inf” file and click the Open button. Click the OK button. 15. In the new window, select Lenovo P27h-20 and click Next. 16. After the installation is complete, delete all downloaded files and close all windows. 17. Restart the system. The system will automatically select the maximum refresh rate and corresponding Color Matching Profiles. Note: On LCD monitors, unlike CRTs, a faster refresh rate does not improve display quality. Lenovo recommends using either 2560 x 1440 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz, or 640 x 480 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz. Service information Customer responsibilities The warranty does not apply to a product which has been damaged due to accident, misuse, abuse improper installation, usage not in accordance with product specifications and instructions, natural or personal disaster, or unauthorized alterations, repairs or modifications. The following are examples of misuse or abuse and not covered by warranty: ● Images burned on to the screen of a CRT monitor. Burned image is preventable by utilizing a moving screen saver or power management. ● Physical damage to covers, bezel, base and cables. ● Scratches or punctures on monitor screens. Getting further help If you still can’t solve your problem, please contact the Customer Support Centre. For more information on contacting the Customer Support Centre, please see Appendix A, “Service and Support” on page A-1. Service parts The following parts are for use by Lenovo service, or Lenovo authorized dealers to support the customer warranty. Parts are for service use only. The table below shows information for model 61E9-GAR6-WW. Table 3-3. List of service parts FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) Part number Description colour Machine Type Model (MTM) 5D10W84749 P27h-20-27 inch FRU Monitor Raven Black 61E9-GAR6-WW 5C10W84750 P27h-20 USB Type-C to C cable 1.8m Raven Black  61E9-GAR6-WW 5C 1 OW84752 P27h-20 USB Type-C to A cable 1.8m Raven Black 61E9-GAR6-WW 5C 1 OW84773 P27q-20 DP cable 1.8m Raven Black 61E9-GAR6-WW 5C 1 OW84768 P27q-20 HDMI cable 18m Raven Black  61E9-GAR6-WW 5SEOW84774 P27q-20 – FRU Stand and Base Raven Black  61E9-GAR6-WW Appendix A. Service and Support The following information describes the technical support that is available for your product, during the warranty period or throughout the life of the product. Refer to your Lenovo Statement of Limited Warranty for a fully explanation of Lenovo warranty terms. Registering your option Register to receive product service and support updates, as well as free and discounted computer Accessories and content. Go to: http://www.lenovo.com/support Online technical support Online technical support is available during the life of your product through the Lenovo Support Web site at http://www.lenovo.com/ support Product replacement assistance or exchange of defective components also is available during the warranty period, assistance for replacement or exchange of defective components is available. In addition, if your option is installed in a Lenovo computer, you might be entitled to service at your location. Your technical support representative can help you determine the best alternative. Telephone technical support Installation and configuration support through the Customer Support Center will be withdrawn or made available for a fee, at Lenovo’s discretion, 90 days after the option has been withdrawn from marketing, Additional support offerings, including step-by-step installation assistance, are available for a nominal fee. To assist the technical support representative, have available as much of the following information as possible: ● Option name ● Option number ● Proof of purchase ● Computer manufacturer, model, serial number, and manual ● Exact wording of the error message (if any) ● Description of the problem ● Hardware and software configuration information for your system If possible, be at your computer. Your technical support representative might want to walk you through the problem during the call. Worldwide telephone list Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. For the most current phone numbers, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support/phone Country or Region Telephone Number Argentina 0800-666-0011 (Spanish, English) Australia 1-800-041-267 (English ) Austria 0810-100-654 (local phone) (German) Bel: um Warrant service and su .. ort: 02-339-36-11 I utch, French Bolivia 0800-10-0189 S . anish Brazil Calls made from within the Sao Paulo region: 11-3889-8986 Calls made from outside the Sao Paulo region: 0800-701-4815 Portu : uese Brunei Darussalam 800-1111 En: lish Canada 1-800-565-3344 En: lish, French Chile 800-361-213(Spanish ) China Technical Su . .ort Line:      400-100-6000 Mandarin China (Hong Kong S.A.R.) (852) 3516-8977 (Cantonese, English, Mandarin) Country or Region Telephone Number China (Macau S.A.R.) 0800-807 / (852) 3071-3559 (Cantonese, English, Mandarin) Colombia 1-800-912-3021 (Spanish) Costa Rica O-800-011-1029( Spanish ) Croatia 385-1-3033-120(Croatian) Cyprus 800-92537(Greek) Czech Republic 800-353-637(Czerb) Denmark Warranty service and support 7010-5150 (Danish) Dominican Republic 1-866-434-2080(Spanish ) Ecuador 1-8130-426911 (OPCION 4) (Spanish ) Egypt Primary: 0800-0000-850 Secondary:0800-0000-744 (Arabic, English) El Salvador 800 4/64 (Spanish) Estonia 372-66-0-800 (Estonian, Russian, English) Finland Warranty service and support +358-800-1-4260(Finnish) France Warranty service and support (hardware): 0810-631-213(French) Germany Warranty service and support 0800-500-4618 (toll-free)(German) Greece Lenovo Business Partner (Greek) Guatemala Dial 999-9190, wait for operator, and request to reach 877-4049661 (Spanish) Honduras Dial 800-0123(Spanish) Hungary +36-13-825-716 (English, Hungarian) India Primary: 1800-419-4666 (Tata) Secondary: 1800-3000-8465 (Reliance) Email: commerciallstlienovo.com (English and Hindi) Indonesia 1-803.442-425 62 213-002-1090 (Standard Charges Apply) (English, Bahasa Indonesia) Ireland Warranty service and support 01-881-1444 (English) Israel Givat Shmuel Service and Center +972-3-531-3900 (Hebrew, English) Italy Warranty service and support: +39400-820094 (Italian) Japan 0120-000-817 (Japanese, English) Kazakhztan 77-277-231-427(Standard charges Apply) (Russian , English) Korea 080-513-0880 (Collect Call) 02-3483-2229 (Toll Call) (Korean) Latvia 371-6707-360(Latvian, Russian, English) Lithuania 370 5278 6602(Italian, Russian, English ) Luxembourg ThinkServer and ThinkStation: 352-360-385-343 ThinkCentre and ThinkPad: 352-360-385-222     (French) Malaysia 1-80048-0013 03-7724-8023 (Standard Charges Apply) (English) Malta 356-21-445-566(English, Italian, Maltese Arabic) Mexico 001-866-434-2080(Spanish) Netherlands 020-513-3939 (Dutch) New Zealand 0508-770-506 (English ) Nicaragua 031-800-220-2282 (Spanish) Norway 8152-1550(Norwegian) Country or Region Telephone Number Panama Lenovo Customer Support Center 001-866434(Toll-Free)(Spanish) Peru 4800-50-866 (OPCION 2) (Spanish) Philippines 1-800-8908-6454 (GLOBE subscribers) 1-800-1441-0719 (PLOT subscribers) (Tagalog, English) Poland Laptops and tablets branded with logo Think 48-22-273-9777 ThinkStation and ThinkServer 48-22-878-6999 (Polish, English ) Portugal 808-225-115 (Standard Charges Apply) (Portuguese) Romania 4-021-2244015(Romanian) Russia +7499-7054204 +7-495-240-8558 (Standard Charges Apply)(Russian) Singapore 1-8004155529 6818-5315 (Standard Charges Apply) (English, Mandarin, Bahasa Malaysia) Slovakia ThinkStation and ThirdServer: 421-24954-5555 Slovenia 386.1-2005-60 (Slovenian) Spain 34-917-1474133(Spanish) Sri Lanka +9477-7357-123 (Sumathi Information systems) (English) Sweden Warranty service and support 077-117-1040 (Swedish) Switzerland Warranty service and support: 0800-55-54-54 (German, French, Italian) Taiwan 0800-000-702 (Mandarin) Thailand 001-800-4415-734 (+662) 787-3067 (Standard Charges Applv)(11ui, English) Turkey 444-04-26 (Turkish) United Kingdom Standard warranty support 03705-500-900 ( local rate) Standard warranty support 08705-500-900(English) United States 1-800-426-7378 (English) Uruguay 000-411-005-6649 (Spanish) Venezuela 0-800-100-2011 (Spanish) Vietnam 12411072 (roll Free) 84-8-4458-1042 (Standard Charges Apply) (Vietnamese, English) Appendix B. Notices Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service. Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering the subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing to: Lenovo (United States), inc. 1009 Think Place – Building One Morrisville, NC 27560 U.S.A. Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimers of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained from specific environments and presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary. Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. Recycling information Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to: www.lenovo.com/recycling Collecting and recycling a disused Lenovo computer or monitor If you are a company employee and need to dispose of a Lenovo computer or monitor that is the property of the company, you must do so in accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources. Computers and monitors are categorized as industrial waste and should be properly disposed of by an industrial waste disposal contractor certified by a local government. In accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, Lenovo Japan provides, through its PC Collecting and Recycling Services, for the collecting, reuse, and recycling of disused computers and monitors. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/pcrecycle/. Pursuant to the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, the collecting and recycling of home-used computers and monitors by the manufacturer was begun in October 1, 2003. This service is provided free of charge for home-used computers sold after October 1, 2003. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/personal/ Disposing of Lenovo computer components Some Lenovo computer products sold in Japan may have components that contain heavy metals or other environmentally sensitive substances. To properly dispose of disused components, such as a printed circuit board or drive, use the methods described above for collecting and recycling a disused computer or monitor. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both: Lenovo The Lenovo logo ThinkCentre ThinkPad ThinkVision Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Turkish statement of compliance The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic  Equipment (EEE). Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. India RoHS RoHS compliant as per E-Waste(Management &#38; Handling)Rules,2011. Power cords and power adapters Use only the power cords and power adapters supplied by the product manufacturer. Do not use the ac power cord for other devices. DOWNLOAD RESOURCES Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor [pdf] User Guide ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor, P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor, 61E9 Read more: https://manuals.plus/lenovo/thinkvision-flat-panel-monitor-manual#ixzz7dezDwbV9 FAQ’S How can I get the best performance from my monitor? The best way to get the most from your monitor is to use it in a well-lit area. If you work in a dimly lit area, use a lamp or other light source next to your monitor. What should I do if my screen appears blank? Check the power control button on the front of your monitor. If it is not on, press it to turn on your monitor. If the screen remains blank, press and hold the “Menu” button on your monitor for about five seconds. Then release the button and see if the screen appears normal. If not, press and hold the “Menu” button again for about five seconds. What should I do if my screen appears discolored or distorted? Make sure that all cables are connected correctly and that your computer is operating properly. If these steps do not correct the problem, try adjusting your monitor controls (see “Adjusting Your Monitor Controls” in this manual). What should I do if my screen is blank or black when Windows starts up? Make sure that all cables are connected correctly and that your computer is operating properly. If these steps do not correct the problem, try adjusting your monitor controls (see “Adjusting Your Monitor Controls” in this manual). How can I adjust my monitor controls? To adjust your monitor controls, follow these steps: Move the mouse pointer over the bottom right corner of the screen until a menu pops up; Select “Control Panel”; Select “Display”; Select “Settings”; Select “Advanced Settings”; Select “Monitor Settings”; Adjust any of these settings as necessary; Press OK to apply changes; Press OK again to exit; Restart your computer for changes to take effect. How do I adjust my Lenovo ThinkVision monitor? For height adjustment, user needs to press down or lift up the monitor. – Adjust the screen position before rotating the monitor screen. (Make sure that the monitor screen ascent to its highest point, and it inclines backward at 30°.) – then rotate clockwise until the monitor stops at 90°. How do you unlock ThinkVision monitor settings? Press and hold for 10 seconds to lock the OSD. This will prevent accidental adjustments to the OSD. Press and hold for 10 seconds to unlock the OSD and allow adjustments to the OSD. How do I change the display settings on my Lenovo? Go to the Desktop, right-click the desktop, and go to Display settings. Here you can adjust the size of text, apps, and other items and also change the orientation. To change the resolution settings, scroll down this window and click Advanced Display Settings. How do I reset my Thinkvision monitor? Setup freezes or can’t finish? Try to restart the device. Unplug your device. Wait 10 seconds. Plug it back in. Factory reset your device (only smart display) With the device powered on, press down both the volume+ / volume- button for 8 seconds, Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your device . How do I zoom on ThinkVision monitor? Hold down the “Ctrl” key, then press the “+” and “-” keys to zoom in and out, respectively. Does Lenovo ThinkVision monitor have speakers? No, there are no built in speakers within this monitor. Do ThinkVision monitors have microphones? Overview. Collaborate and hold meetings and video conferencing with the 27-inch ThinkVision P27h-20 that has a built-in camera, microphone, and speakers. Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor www://lenovo.com/ [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/p27h-20-monitor/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4></h4>
<h3>Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor</h3>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor</p>
<p><strong>MODEL:</strong> P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor<br />
<strong>Machine Type: </strong>61E9</p>
<h3>Product Number</h3>
<p>61E9-GAR6-WW</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-cc.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>First Edition (10 2019)</strong></p>
<p>© Copyright Lenovo 2019<br />
All rights reserved.</p>
<p>LENOVO products, data, computer software, and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 47 C.F.R. 2.101 with limited and restricted rights to use, reproduction, and disclosure.<br />
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: IF products, data, computer software, or services are delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration “GSA”  contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.</p>
<p>© Copyright Lenovo 2019</p>
<h3>Safety information</h3>
<p><strong>General Safety guidelines</strong></p>
<p>For tips to help you use your computer safely, go to: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/safety" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/safety </a><br />
Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.</p>
<h4>Safety and Maintenance Guidelines</h4>
<h5>Important Safety Information</h5>
<p>The power cord is designed for use with your monitor. To use a different cord, use only a power source and connection compatible with this monitor.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WARNING-26.webp" /><strong>WARNING:</strong> Always connect your monitor, the computer, and other equipment to a grounded (earthed) power outlet. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to your equipment, do not disable the power cord grounding feature. The grounding plug is an important safety feature.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WARNING-26.webp" /><strong>WARNING:</strong> For your safety, be sure that the grounded power outlet you plug the power cord into is easily accessible to the operator and located as close to the equipment as possible. To disconnect power from the equipment, unplug the power cord from the power outlet by grasping the plug firmly. Never pull on the cord.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WARNING-26.webp" /><strong>CAUTION:</strong> To protect your monitor, as well as your computer, connect all power cords for your computer and its peripheral devices (such as a monitor, printer, or scanner) to a surge protection device such as a power strip with surge protection or uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Not all power strips provide surge protection; the power strips must be specifically labeled as having this ability. Use a power strip whose manufacturer offers a damage replacement policy, so you can replace your equipment if surge protection fails.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WARNING-26.webp" /><strong> CAUTION:</strong> A certified power supply cord has to be used with this equipment. The relevant national installation and/or equipment regulations shall be considered. A certified power supply cord not lighter than ordinary polyvinyl chloride flexible cord according to IEC 60227 (designation H05VV-F 3G 0.75mm² or H05VVH2-F2 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used. An alternative flexible cord is synthetic rubber.</p>
<p><strong>Safety Precautions</strong><br />
■Use only a power source and connection compatible with this monitor, as indicated on the label/back plate of the monitor.<br />
■Be sure the total ampere rating of the products connected to the outlet does not exceed the current rating of the electrical outlet, and the total ampere rating of the products connected to the power cord does not exceed the rating of the power cord. Look on the power label to determine the ampere rating (Amps or A) for each device.<br />
■ Install your monitor near a power outlet that you can easily reach. Disconnect the monitor by grasping the plug firmly and pulling it from the outlet. Never disconnect the monitor by pulling the cord.<br />
■ Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not walk on the cord.<br />
■ While using VESA mount application, the AC Inlet must face to the downside. Do not face any other position.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Guidelines</strong><br />
To enhance the performance and extend the life of your monitor:<br />
■ Do not open your monitor cabinet or attempt to service this product yourself. If your monitor is not operating properly or has been dropped or damaged, contact your Lenovo authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider.<br />
■ Adjust only those controls that are described in the operating instructions.<br />
■ Turn your monitor off when not in use. You can substantially increase the life expectancy of the monitor by using a screen saver program and turning off the monitor when not in use.<br />
■ Keep your monitor in a well-ventilated area, away from excessive light, heat, or moisture.<br />
■ Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation. These openings must not be blocked or covered. Never push objects of any kind into cabinet slots or other openings.<br />
■ Unplug the monitor from the power outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners.<br />
■ Do not drop the monitor or place it on an unstable surface.<br />
■ When removing the monitor base, you must lay the monitor face down on a soft area to prevent it from getting scratched, defaced, or broken.</p>
<p><strong>Cleaning the Monitor</strong><br />
The monitor is a high-quality optical device that requires special care when cleaning. To clean the monitor, follow these steps:<br />
1. Turn off the computer and the monitor.<br />
2. Unplug your monitor from the power outlet before cleaning.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/WARNING-26.webp" /><strong>CAUTION:</strong> Do not use benzene, thinner, ammonia, or any volatile substance to clean the monitor screen or cabinet. These chemicals may damage the monitor. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. Never use water to clean an LCD screen.<br />
3. Wipe the screen with a dry, soft, clean cloth. If the screen requires additional cleaning, use an antistatic screen cleaner.<br />
4. Dust the monitor housing. Use a damp cloth to clean the cabinet. If the cabinet requires additional cleaning, use a clean cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol.<br />
5. Plug in the monitor.<br />
6. Turn on the monitor and the computer.</p>
<h3>Chapter 1 Getting started</h3>
<p>This User’s Guide contains detailed information on the ThinkVision® P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor. For a quick overview, please see the Setup Poster that was shipped with your monitor.</p>
<h4>Shipping contents</h4>
<p>The product package should include the following items:<br />
● Information Flyer<br />
● Flat Panel Monitor<br />
● Monitor stand<br />
● Monitor base<br />
● Power Cord<br />
● USB C-C Cable<br />
● USB C-A Cable(optional)<br />
● DP cable(optional)<br />
● HDMI Cable(optional)</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-contents.webp" /></p>
<h4>Notice for use</h4>
<p>To set up your monitor, please see the illustrations below.<br />
Note: Do not touch the monitor within the screen area. The screen area is glass and can be damaged by rough handling or excessive pressure.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-use.webp" /></p>
<p>1. Place your monitor with the screen face down on a soft flat surface.<br />
2. Put the stand and base to the monitor. Note: To attach a VESA mount, please see “Detaching the monitor stand” on page 2-12.</p>
<p>*: Depending on many factors such as the processing capability of peripheral devices, file attributes, and other factors related to system configuration and operating environments, the actual transfer rate using the various USB connectors on this device will vary and is typically slower than the data rates as defined by the respective USB specifications: – 5 Gbit/s for USB 3.1 Gen 1; 10 Gbit/s for USB 3.1 Gen 2 &amp; 20 Gbit/s for USB 3.2.</p>
<h4>Product overview</h4>
<p>This section will provide information on adjusting monitor positions, setting user controls, and using the cable lock slot.</p>
<h4>Types of adjustments</h4>
<p><strong>Tilt</strong><br />
Please see the illustration below for an example of the tilt range.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Tilt.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Swivel</strong><br />
With the built-in pedestal, you can tilt and swivel the monitor for the most comfortable viewing angle.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Swivel.webp" /><br />
<strong>Height Adjustment</strong><br />
After pressing the top of the monitor, you can adjust the height of the monitor.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Adjustment.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Monitor Pivot</strong><br />
– Adjust the monitor height before rotating the monitor screen. (Make sure that the monitor screen ascent to its highest point and it inclines backward at 35°)<br />
– Then rotate clockwise or anticlockwise until the monitor stops at 90°.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Monitor-Pivot.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>User controls</strong></p>
<p>Your monitor has controls at the right side which are used to adjust the display.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-controls.webp" /><br />
For information on how to use these controls, please see “Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6.</p>
<p><strong>Cable lock slot</strong></p>
<p>Your monitor is equipped with a cable lock slot located on the rear of your monitor. Please follow the instructions that came with the cable lock to attach it.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-lock-slot.webp" /></p>
<h4>Setting up your monitor</h4>
<p>This section provides information to help you set up your monitor.<br />
<strong>Connecting and turning on your monitor</strong><br />
Note: Be sure to read the Safety Information located in the Flyer before carrying out this procedure.<br />
1. Power off your computer and all attached devices, and unplug the computer power cord.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Caution-6-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Warning-18.webp" /><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Connecting.webp" />2. Connect one end of the DP cable to the DP connector on the back of the computer, and the other end to the DP connector on the monitor. Lenovo recommends that  customers who require using the Display Port input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo Display Port to Display Port cable<br />
0A36537″.<br />
For more information, go to the following: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/support/monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.lenovo.com/support/monitor</a> accessories</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-accessories.webp" /></p>
<p>3. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI connector on the back of the computer and the other end to the HDMI connector on the monitor. Lenovo recommends that customers who require to use the HDMI input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo HDMI to HDMI cableOB47070”. For more information, go to the following: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/support/monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> www.lenovo.com/support/monitor</a> accessories</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-accessories-2.webp" /></p>
<p>4. Connect one end of the USB C-C cable to the USB Type-C connector of the computer and the other end to the USB Type-C connector on the monitor.<br />
Connect one end of the network cable connector to the Ethernet interface of the monitor and the other end to the router.<br />
<strong>Note</strong>: Power output for USB-C: 20V/4.5A, 15V/3A, 9V/3A, 5V/3A.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Ethernet.webp" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the speaker’s audio cable and audio jack of monitor to transfer audio source from DP, Type-C, HDMI, or USB.<br />
<strong>Note</strong>: The audio output in DP, Type-C and HDMI modes.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Ethernet-3.webp" /></p>
<p>6. Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB downstream terminal of the monitor, and connect the other end of the USB cable to an appropriate USB port on your device. <strong>Note:</strong><br />
1. The USB downstream port does not provide power while the monitor is switched off.<br />
2. Power output for USB-A: 5V/0.9A, USB-BC 1.2: 5V/2A. The maximum output for all USB Ports is no more than 90W.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Ethernet-4.webp" />If there are any * tag, you can consult the comments on page 1-1.<br />
7. Plug the monitor power cord and the computer cord into grounded electrical outlets.<br />
<strong>Note:</strong> A certified power supply cord has to be used with this equipment. The relevant national installation and/or equipment regulations shall be considered. A certified power supply cord not lighter than ordinary polyvinyl chloride flexible cord according to IEC 60227 (designation H05VV-F 3G 0.75mm² or H05VVH2-F2 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used.  Alternative a flexible cord be of synthetic rubber according to IEC 60245 (designation H05RR-F 3G 0.75mm²) shall be used.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-power.webp" />8. Assembled cables with Line Cleaner as shown below.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-power-2.webp" /></p>
<p>9. Connect one end of the DP cable to the DP input on the back of another monitor and the other end to the DP output connector (for daisy chain) on the monitor.<br />
<strong>Note 1:</strong> Monitors sold in NA include a DP cable<br />
<strong>Note 2:</strong> For other regions, Lenovo recommends that customers who require using the Display Port input on their monitor purchase the “Lenovo Display Port to Display Port cable 0A36537”.<br />
For more information, go to the following: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/support/monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.lenovo.com/support/monitor</a> accessories</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-DP-cable.webp" /></p>
<p>10. Power on the monitor and the computer.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-computer.webp" /><br />
11. To install the monitor driver, you must download it from the Lenovo website (<a href="http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20</a>) and follow the instructions on pages 3-5.<br />
<strong>Registering your option</strong><br />
Thank you for purchasing this Lenovo® product. Please take a few moments to register your product and provide us with information that will help Lenovo to better serve you in the future. Your feedback is valuable to us in developing products and services that are important to you, as well as in developing better ways to communicate with you.  Register your option on the following Web site: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/register" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/register</a><br />
Lenovo will send you information and updates on your registered product unless you indicate on the Web site questionnaire that you do not want to receive further information.</p>
<h3>Chapter 2 Adjusting and using your monitor</h3>
<p>This section will give you information on adjusting and using your monitor.</p>
<h4>Comfort and accessibility</h4>
<p>Good ergonomic practice is important to get the most from your personal computer and to avoid discomfort. Arrange your workplace and the equipment you use to suit your individual needs and the kind of work that you perform. In addition, use healthy work habits to maximize your performance and comfort while using your computer.</p>
<h4>Arranging your work area</h4>
<p>Use a work surface of appropriate height and available working area to allow you to work in comfort. Organize your work area to match the way you use materials and equipment. Keep your work area clean and clear for the materials that you typically use and place the items that you use most frequently, such as the computer mouse or telephone, within the easiest reach.<br />
Equipment layout and setup play a large role in your working posture. The following topics describe how to optimize equipment setup to achieve and maintain good working posture.</p>
<p><strong>Positioning and viewing your monitor</strong><br />
Position and adjust your computer monitor for comfortable viewing by considering the following items:<br />
● <strong>Viewing distance:</strong> Optimal viewing distances for monitors range from approximately 510mm to 760mm (20 into 30 in) and can vary depending on ambient light and time of day. You can achieve different viewing distances by repositioning your monitor or by modifying your posture or chair position. Use a viewing distance that is most comfortable for you.<br />
<strong>● Monitor height:</strong> Position the monitor so your head and neck are in a comfortable and neutral (vertical, or upright) position. If your monitor does not have height adjustments, you might have to place books or other sturdy objects under the base of the monitor to achieve the desired height. A general guideline is to position the monitor such that the top of the screen is at or slightly below your eye height when you are comfortably seated. However, be sure to optimize your monitor height so the line of sight between your eyes and the center of the monitor suits your preferences for visual distance and comfortable viewing when your eye muscles are in a relaxed state.<br />
<strong>● Tilt:</strong> Adjust the tilt of your monitor to optimize the appearance of the screen content and to accommodate your preferred head and neck posture.<br />
<strong>● General location:</strong> Position your monitor to avoid glare or reflections on the screen from overhead lighting or nearby windows.</p>
<p>The following are some other tips for comfortable viewing of your monitor:<br />
● Use adequate lighting for the type of work you are performing.<br />
● Use the monitor brightness, contrast, and image adjustment controls, if equipped, to optimize the image on your screen to meet your visual preferences.<br />
● Keep your monitor screen clean so you can focus on the screen’s contents.</p>
<p>Any concentrated and sustained visual activity can be tiring for your eyes. Be sure to periodically look away from your monitor screen and focus on a far object to allow your eye muscles to relax. If you have questions on eye fatigue or visual discomfort, consult a vision care specialist for advice.</p>
<h4>Health Administration</h4>
<p>Prolong exposure to computer screens may cause temporary visual fatigue. Factors including working environment, working habit and posture, screen flicker, and blue light contribute to this condition. To minimize visual fatigue certain adjustments can be made on the workstations or using suitable computer screens with features that alleviate eye strain.</p>
<p><strong>Environment<br />
</strong></p>
<p>Visual fatigue is affected by the working environment. Glare reductions and appropriate lighting situations help minimize this condition.<br />
● Glare reduction<br />
Glare can be reduced by<br />
a) Changing the position of any light source that is causing the glare.<br />
b) Fitting the light sources with appropriate diffusers or lampshades.<br />
c) Using curtains or blind on windows to minimize glare from direct sunlight.<br />
d) Adjusting the monitor position to be perpendicular to the source of light or windows.<br />
e) Using an anti-glare screen – ThinkVision monitors have an anti-glare surface treatment that scatters light for reflection-free work usage.<br />
● Lighting<br />
Adequate lighting is necessary to avoid glare and eye fatigue. Excessive or insufficient lighting makes the display on-screen harder to see. Generally, lighting level should not exceed 750 lux, and levels ranging from 300 to 500 lux are most appropriate for computer desk work. Recommended lighting arrangement includes positioning work stations away from direct sunlight or using overhead lighting with baffles or louvers that reduce glare.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Environment.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Working Habits<br />
</strong></p>
<p>Long exposures to computer screens may cause eye strain. Symptoms include headache, burning eyes, blurred vision, and discomfort. To minimize eye strain, computer users can adjust working habits to let their eyes relax and recover.<br />
<strong>● Break Times</strong><br />
Computer users should take some time away from the screen especially if working for prolonged hours. Generally, it is recommended to take short breaks (5 – 15 mins) after 1 –2 hours of continuous computer works. Taking short and frequent breaks is more advised than longer breaks.<br />
<strong>● Looking at Distant Objects</strong><br />
Users often blink less when in front of the monitor screen. To minimize eye strain and dryness, users should rest the eye periodically by focusing on objects that are far away.<br />
<strong>● Eye and Neck Exercises</strong><br />
Certain exercise reduces eye strain and prevents the early onset of musculoskeletal disorders. It is recommended to repeat these exercises often. However, should symptoms persist it is recommended to consult a physician?</p>
<p><strong>Exercises for the eye:</strong><br />
1. Alternate looking up and looking down while keeping the body and head upright.<br />
2. Slowly roll your eyes to look to the left and right.<br />
3. Roll eyes to look at objects on the upper right corner and then on the lower right. Do the same thing to look at objects on the upper left and lower left.<br />
<strong>Exercises for the neck:</strong><br />
1. Relax arm at the side. Bend head forward to slightly stretch the neck. Hold for 5 seconds.<br />
2. Relax arm at the side. Turn head to the right. Hold for 5 seconds. Then turn head to the left.<br />
3. Relax arm at the side. Swing head to the left. Hold for 5 seconds. Then swing head to the right.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Relax.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Working Posture</strong></p>
<p>An appropriate working position helps minimize eye discomfort. The seating position and ideal placement of the monitor are essential for a comfortable working experience.<br />
<strong>● Seating Position</strong><br />
Placing the monitor too far or too close may lead to eye strain. Far viewing distance causes users to lean forward to see small texts, which strain the eyes and torso. Close viewing distance, on the other hand, strains the eye resulting from exerting more effort to focus and also causes the user to sit in awkward body posture (i.e. tilting the head, typing with outstretched arms, etc.)</p>
<p>Recommended viewing distance between the eye and the monitor screen is 1.5 x the diagonal of the screen. Solutions in meeting this required distance in cramped office situations include pulling desk away from wall or divider to make room for a monitor, using flat-panel or compact displays placing the monitor in the desk corner, or placing the keyboard in an adjustable drawer to create a deeper working surface.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-working.webp" />ThinkVision monitors are designed to maximize workspace (e.g. having thin profiles, compatible with ThinkCentre Tiny back mount, practical cable management, etc).</p>
<p><strong>● Viewing Angle</strong><br />
Neck fatigue and pain may result from prolonging turning of the head to see objects on the monitor screen. To minimize this, position the monitor directly in front so the head,  neck, and torso face forward to the screen. It is recommended that the monitor should not be more than 35 degrees to the right or left of the head.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-head.webp" />Monitors should also not be placed too high or too low as this contributes to awkward posture which results to muscle fatigue.</p>
<p><strong>Reduce Flicker<br />
</strong>Monitor flickers refer to repeated changes in monitor light intensity. It is caused by several factors including but not limited to voltage fluctuations. Reducing flicker minimizes eye strain and headaches. ThinkVision monitors allow users to use high-frequency display modes that can effectively reduce flicker.</p>
<p><strong>Low Blue Light<br />
</strong>Concerns on blue light affecting eye health have risen over the years. Blue light has a wavelength between 300 nm to 500 nm. The monitors have a factory setting that reduces blue light emissions. Users can enable low blue light mode on these monitors from the OSD settings.<strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>1. Press<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Main-menu.webp" /> to open the main OSD menu.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-OSD-menu.webp" /></p>
<p>2. Use<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon.webp" /> or <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon2.webp" />to move among the icons. Select icon <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-5.webp" /> (Advanced Settings) and press<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> to access this function.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Lenovo.webp" /> 3. Use<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon.webp" /> or <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon2.webp" />to move among the items. Select Scenario Modes and press <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to access this function.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-function.webp" />4. Select Low Blue Light and press <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to enable/disable Low Blue Light.</p>
<h4>Accessibility information</h4>
<p>Lenovo is committed to providing greater access to information and technology to people with disabilities. With assistive technologies, users can access information in the way most appropriate to their disability. Some of these technologies are already provided in your operating system; others can be purchased through vendors or accessed at: <a href="https://lenovo.ssbbartgroup.com/lenovo/request_vpat.php" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://lenovo.ssbbartgroup.com/lenovo/request_vpat.php</a></p>
<h4>Adjusting your monitor image</h4>
<p>This section describes the user control features used to adjust your monitor image.</p>
<p><strong>Using the direct access controls</strong><br />
The direct access controls can be used when the On-Screen Display (OSD) is not displayed.<br />
<strong>Table 2-1 Direct access controls</strong></p>
<table width="778">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="82"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td width="97"><strong>Control</strong></td>
<td width="265"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2021-07-24_002345.webp" /></td>
<td>DDC-CI</td>
<td>Press and hold for 10 seconds to enable or<br />
disable the DDC-CI function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Input-change.webp" /></td>
<td>Input change</td>
<td>Switches the video input source.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/2021-07-24_002410.webp" /></td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Direct access to Brightness adjustment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Main-menu-1.webp" /></td>
<td>Main menu</td>
<td>Open OSD main menu. Press and hold for 10  seconds will lock menu/un-lock menu.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Using the On-Screen Display (OSD) controls</h4>
<p>The settings adjustable with the user controls are viewed through the On-Screen Display (OSD), as shown below.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-OSD-menu.webp" /></p>
<p>To use the controls:<br />
1. Press <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to open the main OSD menu.<br />
2. Use <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon.webp" />or<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon2.webp" /> to move among the icons. Select an icon and press <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to access that function. If there is a sub-menu, you can move between options using <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon.webp" />or<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon2.webp" />, then<br />
press<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> to select that function. Use <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon.webp" />or<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon2.webp" /> to make adjustments. Press<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to save.<br />
3. Press <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/45.webp" alt="" width="37" height="34" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2021-07-24_002345.jpg?ezimgfmt=rs:37x34/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />to move backward through the sub-menus and exit from the OSD.<br />
4. Press and hold<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />for 10 seconds to lock the OSD. This will prevent accidental adjustments to the OSD. Press and hold<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/38.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - icon 6" width="33" height="28" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-icon-6.png?ezimgfmt=rs:33x28/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> for 10 seconds to unlock the OSD and allow adjustments to the OSD.<br />
5. Enables DDC/CI by default. Use OSD Exit Key, press and hold the <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/45.webp" alt="" width="37" height="34" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2021-07-24_002345.jpg?ezimgfmt=rs:37x34/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />buttons for 10 seconds to disable/enable DDC/CI function. The words ” DDC/CI Disable/DDC/CI/Enable” shows on the screen.<br />
6. The ENERGY STAR option resets all user settings to default values so that the monitor can meet the requirements of Energy Star.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/46.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - star" width="147" height="137" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-star.png?ezimgfmt=rs:147x137/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><br />
Energy Star is an energy-saving program for consumer electronics led by the U.S. government. It was launched in 1992 by EPA and DOE to reduce energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. The Energy Star logo is a symbol of energy conservation and environmental protection. It improves the concept of energy efficiency of consumers and manufacturers and effectively guides the market. The regulation of Energy Star improves energy efficiency and reduces air pollution by using more energy-efficient equipment in homes, offices, and factories. One way to achieve this goal is to use management to reduce energy consumption when products are not in use. The default settings for monitors conform to Energy Star certification. Any changes by users for more features and functionalities may increase power consumption, which will exceed the limits of Energy Star’s standard. If the user changes the options related to energy efficiency when using, such as brightness, color mode, etc., select All Reset Factory or choose the Energy Star option, the power consumption will be restored to the energy efficiency with Energy Star standard. For more information, please refer to (<a href="https://www.energystar.gov/products" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.energystar.gov/products</a>). All products of Energy Star will be posted online and can be accessed directly by governments, public institutions, and consumers.</p>
<table width="1369">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="82">OSD Icon on<br />
Main Menu</td>
<td width="126">Submenu</td>
<td width="173">Description</td>
<td width="58">Controls and<br />
Adjustments</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/47.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Monitor Controls" width="55" height="55" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Monitor-Controls.png?ezimgfmt=rs:55x55/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />Monitor Controls</td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjusts overall screen brightness</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjusts difference between light and dark areas.</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Volume</td>
<td>Adjust the volume level.</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/49.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Settings" width="54" height="49" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Settings.png?ezimgfmt=rs:54x49/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" />Advanced Settings</td>
<td>Dynamic Contrast</td>
<td>Enable dynamic contrast ratio.<br />
● Off<br />
● On</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Over Drive</td>
<td>● Off<br />
● Norm al<br />
● Extreme</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Mode</td>
<td>Adjusts intensity of red, green, and blue.<br />
● sRGB<br />
● BT.709<br />
● DCI-P3<br />
● Neutral<br />
● Reddish<br />
● Bluish<br />
● Custom…<br />
Red: Increases or decreases the saturation of ‘red’ in the image.<br />
Green: Increases or decreases the saturation of ‘green’ in the image.<br />
Blue: Increases or decreases the<br />
saturation of ‘blue’ in the image.</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scenario Modes</td>
<td>● Panel Native<br />
●Image Creation<br />
● Digital Cinema<br />
● Video Creation<br />
● Low Blue Light</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Aspect Ratio</td>
<td>Selects type of scaled image.<br />
● Full Screen: Expand image to full screen.<br />
● Original AR: Ratio with input signal.</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Button Repeat Rate</td>
<td>● Off<br />
● Default<br />
● Slow</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1355">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="141"><strong>OSD Icon on Main Menu</strong></td>
<td width="98"><strong>Submenu</strong></td>
<td width="241"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td width="91"><strong>Controls and </strong><strong>Adjustments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="141"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/50.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Port Setting" width="78" height="71" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Port-Setting.png?ezimgfmt=rs:78x71/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><br />
Port Setting</td>
<td width="98">Input Signal</td>
<td width="241">This monitor can accept video signals through three different connectors. Select digital among OSD controls when you use HDMI/DP/USB-C connector.</p>
<p><strong>● </strong>HDMI<strong><br />
</strong><strong>●</strong> Display Port<br />
● USB-C</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">USB Charging</td>
<td width="241">● Off<br />
● On</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Smart rower</td>
<td width="241">● Off<br />
● On</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98"><strong>Super USB-C </strong><strong>Charging</strong></td>
<td width="241">● Off<br />
● On</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">DP<strong> Select</strong></td>
<td width="241">● DP1.1<br />
● DP1.2</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Daisy <strong>Chain</strong></td>
<td width="241">● Off<br />
● On</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="141"><strong><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/51.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Menu Setting" width="84" height="68" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Menu-Setting.png?ezimgfmt=rs:84x68/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /><br />
Menu Setting</strong></td>
<td width="98">Language</td>
<td width="241">Select OSD Language.<br />
Note The language chosen only affects the language of the OSD. It has no effect on any software running on the computer.</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Menu Time Out</td>
<td width="241">Sets the length of time the OSD will remain active after the last time a button is pressed.</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Menu Horizontal</td>
<td width="241">Changes the horizontal position of the OSD.</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Menu Vertical</td>
<td width="241">Changes the vertical position of the OSD.</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Transparency</td>
<td width="241">choose the transparency of OSD</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="98">Factory Reset</td>
<td width="241">Resets monitor to the original factory settings.<br />
● Yes<br />
● No<br />
The ENERGY STAR Logo means resets all user settings to default values so that the monitor can meet the requirements of Energy Star.</td>
<td width="91"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/48.webp" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Native" width="21" height="69" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Native.png?ezimgfmt=rs:21x69/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="141"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail ezlazyloaded" src="images/45.webp" alt="" width="37" height="34" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2021-07-24_002345.jpg?ezimgfmt=rs:37x34/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /> Exit</td>
<td width="98">/</td>
<td width="241">Exit OSD menu.</td>
<td width="91"><strong>/<br />
</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>*Low Blue Light Mode is reducing the blue light content.<br />
*The use of Extreme Mode (response time) may result in reduced display quality when fast-moving video graphics are displayed.<br />
Users should check Extreme Mode (response time) to verify if it is compatible with any applications they would like to use it with.</p>
<h4>Selecting a supported display mode</h4>
<p>The display mode the monitor uses is controlled by the computer. Therefore, refer to your computer documentation for details on how to change display modes. The image size, position and shape might change when the display mode changes. This is normal and the image can be readjusted using automatic image setup and the image controls. Unlike CRT monitors, which require a high refresh rate to minimize flicker, LCD or Flat Panel technology is inherently flicker-free. Note: If your system has previously been used with a CRT monitor and is currently configured to a display mode outside the range of this monitor, you may need to re-attach the CRT monitor temporarily until you have re-configured the system; preferably to 2560×1440 @ 60Hz, which is the Native Resolution Display mode. The display modes shown below have been optimized at the factory.</p>
<p>Table 2-3.Factory set display modes</p>
<table width="859">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="357"><strong>Addressability</strong></td>
<td width="378"><strong>Refresh rate</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">640×480</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">720×400</td>
<td width="378">70Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">800×600</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1024×768</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1280×720</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1280×800</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1280×1024</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1440×900</td>
<td width="378">60Hz, reduced 60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1600×900</td>
<td width="378">reduced 60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1680×1050</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">1920×1080</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="357">2560×1440</td>
<td width="378">60Hz</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Image rotation</h4>
<p>Before rotating the monitor, you should set up your computer to rotate the image. Rotating the image may require special rotation software or you may find that your computer is preloaded with video graphic drivers that allow image rotation. Check the Graphic Properties setting on your computer to see if this feature is available. Try these steps to check if image rotation is available on your computer.<br />
1.Right-click on the desktop and click Properties.<br />
2. Select the Settings tab and click Advanced.<br />
3. If you have ATI, select the Rotation tab and set the preferred rotation. If you have nVidia, click the nVidia tab, in the left-hand column select NV Rotate, and then select the preferred rotation. If you have Intel, select the Intel graphics tab, click Graphic Properties, select the Rotation tab, and then set the preferred rotation.<br />
Check with the manufacturer of your computer to see if graphic drivers with image rotation can be downloaded from their support website.</p>
<h4>Understanding power management</h4>
<p>Understanding power management is invoked when the computer recognizes that you have not using your mouse or keyboard for a user-definable period. There are several states as described in the table below. For optimal performance, switch off your monitor at the end of each working day, or whenever you expect to leave it unused for long periods during the day.</p>
<p>Table2-4.Power indicator</p>
<table width="1330">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="171"><strong>State</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Power Indicator</strong></td>
<td width="113"><strong>Screen</strong></td>
<td width="340"><strong>Restoring Operation</strong></td>
<td width="161"><strong>Compliance</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="171">On</td>
<td width="208">Steady green</td>
<td width="113">Normal</td>
<td width="340"></td>
<td width="161"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="171">Standby/ Suspend</td>
<td width="208">Steady amber</td>
<td width="113">Blank</td>
<td width="340">Press a key or move the mouse. There may  be a slight delay reappears.<br />
Note: Standby also occurs if there is no  image output to the monitor.</td>
<td width="161">ENERGY STAR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="171">Off</td>
<td width="208">Off</td>
<td width="113">Off</td>
<td width="340">Press power key to switch on There may be  a slight delay before the image reappears.</td>
<td width="161">ENERGY STAR</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="246"><strong>Energy Star</strong></td>
<td width="322"><strong>Power consumption</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="246">Port</td>
<td width="322"><strong>19.34 </strong>W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="246">ETEC</td>
<td width="322">60.61 kWh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>** Maximum power consumption with max luminance.<br />
This document is informational only and reflects laboratory performance. Your product may perform differently, depending on the software, components, and peripherals you ordered, and shall have no obligation to update such information. Accordingly, the customer should not rely upon this information in making decisions about electrical tolerances or otherwise. No warranty as to accuracy or completeness is expressed or implied.</p>
<h4>Caring for your monitor</h4>
<p>Be sure to turn off the power before you perform any maintenance on the monitor. Do not:<br />
● Apply water or liquid directly to your monitor.<br />
● Use solvents or abrasives.<br />
● Use flammable cleaning materials to clean your monitor or any other electrical equipment.<br />
● Touch the screen area of your monitor with sharp or abrasive items. This type of contact may cause permanent damage to your screen.<br />
● Use any cleaner which contains an anti-static solution or similar additives. This may harm the coating of the screen area. Do:<br />
● Lightly dampen a soft cloth with water and use this to gently wipe the covers and the screen.<br />
● Remove grease or finger marks with a damp cloth and a little mild detergent.</p>
<h4>Detaching the monitor stand</h4>
<p>After placing the monitor face down on a clean and soft surface, push the hook of the stand and lift the stand up to remove it from the monitor.</p>
<h4><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/52.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - monitor stand" width="640" height="200" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-monitor-stand.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 976w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-monitor-stand-300x94.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-monitor-stand-768x240.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 768w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-monitor-stand.png?ezimgfmt=rs:612x191/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></h4>
<p>Refer to the instructions that come with the VESA compatible base mounting kit.<br />
1. Place the monitor face down on a non-abrasive surface on stable flat table.<br />
2. Remove the stand.<br />
3. Attach the mounting bracket from the wall mounting kit to the monitor.<br />
4. Mount the monitor on the wall by following the instructions that come with the base mounting kit.<br />
<strong>NOTE:</strong> For use only with UL and GS Listed Wall Mount Bracket with minimum weight/load bearing capacity of 6.00 kg. In order to fulfil TCO Certification for this wall  mounting option, shielded power cable is mandatory to be used.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="attachment-post-thumbnail size-post-thumbnail aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/53.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor - Certification" width="545" height="385" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Certification.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 545w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Certification-300x212.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 300w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Lenovo-ThinkVision-Flat-Panel-Monitor-Certification.png?ezimgfmt=rs:545x385/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<h3>Chapter 3 Reference information</h3>
<p>This section contains monitor specifications, instructions to manually install the monitor driver, troubleshooting information, and service information.</p>
<h4>Monitor specifications</h4>
<p>Table 3-1. Monitor specifications for type-model 61E9-GAR6-WW</p>
<table width="1186">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="172">Dimensions</td>
<td width="189">Height</td>
<td width="172">576.5 mm (22.7 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Depth</td>
<td width="172">208 mm (8.19 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Width</td>
<td width="172">613.8 mm (24.17in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="172">Stand</td>
<td width="189">Tilt range</td>
<td width="172">Range: -5°/+35°</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Swivel</td>
<td width="172">Range: -45V+45°</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Lift</td>
<td width="172">Range: 135mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Pivot</td>
<td width="172">Yes (clockwise 90° &amp; anticlockwise 90°)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">VESA mount</td>
<td width="189">Supported(GS&amp;UL Approved)</td>
<td width="172">100 mm (3.94 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5" width="172">Image</td>
<td width="189">Viewable image size</td>
<td width="172">685 mm (27 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Maximum height</td>
<td width="172">335.66 mm (13.21 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Maximum width</td>
<td width="172">596.74 mm (23.49 in.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Pixel pitch</td>
<td width="172">0.2331mm (0.0092 in.) (V)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Response time</td>
<td width="172">Normal: 6 ms<br />
Extreme: 4 ms</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="172">Power input</td>
<td width="189">Supply voltage</td>
<td width="172">100-240 VAC 60/50 Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">current</td>
<td width="172">2.0A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">USB Type C PD Function</td>
<td width="189">Supply voltage/current</td>
<td width="172">5V or 9V or 15V DC 3A or 20V DC 3.25A or 20V DC 4.5A Max.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="172">Power consumption<br />
Note: Power consumption figures are for the monitor and the power delivery together.</td>
<td width="189">Max Consumption</td>
<td width="172">150W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Typical Consumption</td>
<td width="172">27W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Standby/Suspend</td>
<td width="172">&lt;05W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Off</td>
<td width="172">&lt;03W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="172">Video input (DP)</td>
<td width="189">Input signal</td>
<td width="172">DP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Horizontal addressability</td>
<td width="172">2560 pixels (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Vertical addressability</td>
<td width="172">1440 lines (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Clock frequency</td>
<td width="172">300 MHz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="172">Video input (HDMI)</td>
<td width="189">Input signal</td>
<td width="172">HDMI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Horizontal addressability</td>
<td width="172">2560 pixels (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Vertical addressability</td>
<td width="172">1440 lines (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Clock frequency</td>
<td width="172">300 MHz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="172">Video input (Type-q</td>
<td width="189">Input signal</td>
<td width="172">Type-C</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Horizontal addressability</td>
<td width="172">2560 pixels (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Vertical addressability</td>
<td width="172">1440 lines (max)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="189">Clock frequency</td>
<td width="172">300 MHz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">Communications</td>
<td width="189">VESA DDC</td>
<td width="172">CI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">Altitude Test</td>
<td width="189">Operation</td>
<td width="172">5000 m (16404 ft.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="172">Supported Display Modes</td>
<td width="189">Horizontal frequency</td>
<td width="172">30 kHz – 90 kHz</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1190">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="341">(VESA Standard modes<br />
between noted ranges)</td>
<td width="378">Vertical frequency</td>
<td width="341">50 Hz – 75 Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="378">Native Resolution</td>
<td width="341">2560 x 1440 at 60 Hz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="341">Temperature</td>
<td width="378">Operating</td>
<td width="341">0° to 40°C (32°F to 104° F)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="378">Storage</td>
<td width="341">-20° to 60°C (-4°F to 140° F)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="378">Shipping</td>
<td width="341">-20° to 60°C (-4° F to 140° F)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="341">Humidity</td>
<td width="378">Operating</td>
<td width="341">8% to 80%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="378">Storage</td>
<td width="341">5% to 95%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="378">Shipping</td>
<td width="341">5% to 95%</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Troubleshooting</h3>
<p>If you have a problem setting up or using your monitor, you might be able to solve it yourself. Before calling your dealer or Lenovo, try the suggested actions that are appropriate to your problem.</p>
<p><strong>Table3-2.Troubleshooting<br />
</strong></p>
<table width="1333">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="154"><strong>Problem</strong></td>
<td width="159"><strong>Possible cause</strong></td>
<td width="283"><strong>Suggested action</strong></td>
<td width="213"><strong>Reference</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="154"><strong>The</strong> words” Out of Range” are shown on the screen, and the power indicator is flashing white.</td>
<td width="159">The system is set to a display mode which is not supported by the monitor.</td>
<td width="283">• If you are replacing an old monitor, reconnect it and adjust the display mode to within the specified range for your new monitor.</p>
<p>•If using a Windows system, restart the system in safe mode, then select a supported display mode for your computer.</p>
<p>•f these options do not work, contact the Customer Support Centre.</td>
<td width="213">“Selecting a supported display mode” on page 2-10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="154">The image quality is unacceptable.</td>
<td width="159">The video signal cable is not connected with the monitor or system completely.</td>
<td width="283">Be sure the signal cable is firmly plugged into the system and monitor.</td>
<td width="213">“Connecting and turning on your monitor” on page 14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="154">The image quality is unacceptable.</td>
<td width="159">The color settings may be incorrect.</td>
<td width="283">Select another colour setting from the OSD menu.</td>
<td width="213">“Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="154">The power indicator is not lit and there is no image.</td>
<td width="159">•The monitor’s power switch is not switched on.<br />
•The power cord is loose or disconnected.<br />
•There is no power at the outlet.</td>
<td width="283">•Be sure the power cord is connected properly.<br />
•Be sure the outlet has power.<br />
•Power on the monitor.<br />
•Try using another power cord.<br />
•Try using another electrical outlet.</td>
<td width="213">“Connecting and turning on your monitor” on page 14</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Table3-2.Troubleshooting(continued)</strong></p>
<table width="1429">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="185"><strong>Problem</strong></td>
<td width="184"><strong>Possible cause</strong></td>
<td width="241"><strong>Suggested action</strong></td>
<td width="213"><strong>Reference</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">Screen is blank and power indicator is steady amber or flashing white</td>
<td width="184">The monitor is in Standby/Suspend mode</td>
<td width="241">•Press any key on the keyboard or move the mouse to restore operation.<br />
•Check the Power options settings on your computer.</td>
<td width="213">“Understanding power management” on page 2-11</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">The power indicator is white, but there is no image.</td>
<td width="184">The video signal cable is loose or<br />
disconnected from the system or monitor.</td>
<td width="241">Be sure the video cable is connected with the system properly.</td>
<td width="213">“Connecting and turning on your monitor ” on page 1-4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">The power indicator is white, but there is no image.</td>
<td width="184">The monitor brightness and contrast are at the lowest setting.</td>
<td width="241">Adjust the brightness and contrast setting on the OSD menu.</td>
<td width="213">“Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">One or more of the pixels appear discoloured</td>
<td width="184">This is a characteristic of the LCD<br />
technology and is not an LCD defect.</td>
<td width="241">If there are more than five pixels missing, contact the Customer Support Centre.</td>
<td width="213">Appendix A, “Service and Support” on page A-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">• Fuzzy lines in text or a blurry image.<br />
• Horizontal or vertical lines through the image.</td>
<td width="184">• Your system Display Properties setting have not been optimized.</td>
<td width="241">Adjust the resolution settings on your system to match the native resolution for this monitor: 2560 x 1440 at 60 Hz.</td>
<td width="213">“Adjusting your monitor image” on page 2-6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="185">•Fuzzy lines in text or a blurry image.<br />
•Horizontal or vertical lines through the image.</td>
<td width="184">• Your system Display Properties setting have not been optimized.</td>
<td width="241">When working in the native resolution, you may find additional improvements by adjusting the Dots Per Inch (DPI) setting on your system.</td>
<td width="213">See the Advanced section of your system’s display properties.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Manually installing the monitor driver</h4>
<p>Below are steps for manually installing the monitor driver in Microsoft Windows 7, Microsoft Windows 10.<br />
<strong>Installing the monitor driver in Windows 7</strong><br />
To install the device driver in Microsoft® Windows 7, do the following:<br />
1. Turn off the computer and all attached devices.<br />
2. Ensure that the monitor is connected correctly.<br />
3. Turn on the monitor and then turn on the computer. Allow your computer to boot into Windows 7 operating system.<br />
4. From the Lenovo website <a href="http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20</a>, find the corresponding monitor driver and download it to a PC to which this monitor is connected<br />
(such as a desktop).<br />
5. Open the Display Properties window by right-clicking Start, Control Panel, Hardware, and Sound icon, and then click the Display icon.<br />
6. Click the Change the display settings tab.<br />
7. Click the Advanced Settings icon.<br />
8. Click the Monitor tab.<br />
9. Click the Properties button.<br />
10. Click the Driver tab.<br />
11. Click Update Driver, then click Browse the computer to find the driver program.<br />
12. Select Pick from the list of device driver programs on the computer.<br />
13. Click the Have Disk button. By clicking the Browse button, browse and point to the following path:<br />
X:Monitor DriversWindows 7<br />
(Where X indicates “the folder in which the downloaded driver is located” (such as a desktop)<br />
14. Select the “P27h-20.inf” file and click the Open button. Click the OK button.<br />
15. Select Lenovo P27h-20 and click Next.<br />
16. After the installation is complete, delete all downloaded files and close all windows.<br />
17. Restart the system. The system will automatically select the maximum refresh rate and corresponding Colour Matching Profiles.<br />
Note: On LCD monitors, unlike CRTs, a faster refresh rate does not improve display quality.<br />
Lenovo recommends using either 2560 x 1440 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz, or 640 x 480 at refresh rate of 60 Hz.</p>
<p><strong>Installing the monitor driver in Windows 10</strong><br />
To use the Plug and Play feature in Microsoft Windows 10, do the following:<br />
1. Turn off the computer and all attached devices.<br />
2. Ensure that the monitor is connected correctly.<br />
3. Turn on the monitor and then turn on the computer. Allow your computer to boot into Windows 10 operating system.<br />
4. From the Lenovo website<a href="http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> http://support.lenovo.com/docs/P27h_20</a>, find the corresponding monitor driver and download it to a PC to which this monitor is connected (such as a desktop).<br />
5. On the Desktop, move the mouse to the bottom-left corner of the screen, right-click choose Control Panel, then double click the icon of Hardware and Sound, and then click Display.<br />
6. Click the Change the display settings tab.<br />
7. Click the Advanced Settings button.<br />
8. Click the Monitor tab.<br />
9. Click the Properties button.<br />
10. Click the Driver tab.<br />
11. Click Update Driver, then click Browse the computer to find the driver program.<br />
12. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer”.<br />
13. Click the Have Disk button. By clicking the Browse button, browse and point to the following path:<br />
X:Monitor DriversWindows 10<br />
(where X indicates “the folder in which the downloaded driver is located” (such as a desktop)<br />
14. Select the “P27h-20.inf” file and click the Open button. Click the OK button.<br />
15. In the new window, select Lenovo P27h-20 and click Next.<br />
16. After the installation is complete, delete all downloaded files and close all windows.<br />
17. Restart the system. The system will automatically select the maximum refresh rate and corresponding Color Matching Profiles.<br />
<strong>Note:</strong> On LCD monitors, unlike CRTs, a faster refresh rate does not improve display quality.<br />
Lenovo recommends using either 2560 x 1440 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz, or 640 x 480 at a refresh rate of 60 Hz.</p>
<p><strong>Service information</strong><br />
<strong>Customer responsibilities</strong></p>
<p>The warranty does not apply to a product which has been damaged due to accident, misuse, abuse improper installation, usage not in accordance with product specifications and instructions, natural or personal disaster, or unauthorized alterations, repairs or modifications.<br />
The following are examples of misuse or abuse and not covered by warranty:<br />
● Images burned on to the screen of a CRT monitor. Burned image is preventable by utilizing a moving screen saver or power management.<br />
● Physical damage to covers, bezel, base and cables.<br />
● Scratches or punctures on monitor screens.</p>
<p><strong>Getting further help</strong><br />
If you still can’t solve your problem, please contact the Customer Support Centre. For more information on contacting the Customer Support Centre, please see Appendix A, “Service and Support” on page A-1.</p>
<p><strong>Service parts</strong><br />
The following parts are for use by Lenovo service, or Lenovo authorized dealers to support the customer warranty. Parts are for service use only. The table below shows information for model 61E9-GAR6-WW.<br />
<strong>Table 3-3. List of service parts</strong></p>
<table width="1223">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="207"><strong>FRU (Field </strong><strong>Replaceable Unit) Part number</strong></td>
<td width="265"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td width="108"><strong>colour</strong></td>
<td width="163"><strong>Machine Type</strong><br />
<strong>Model (MTM)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5D10W84749</td>
<td width="265">P27h-20-27 inch FRU Monitor</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163">61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5C10W84750</td>
<td width="265">P27h-20 USB Type-C to C cable 1.8m</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163"> 61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5C 1 OW84752</td>
<td width="265">P27h-20 USB Type-C to A cable 1.8m</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163">61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5C 1 OW84773</td>
<td width="265">P27q-20 DP cable 1.8m</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163">61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5C 1 OW84768</td>
<td width="265">P27q-20 HDMI cable 18m</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163"> 61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="207">5SEOW84774</td>
<td width="265">P27q-20 – FRU Stand and Base</td>
<td width="108">Raven Black</td>
<td width="163"> 61E9-GAR6-WW</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Appendix A. Service and Support</h4>
<p>The following information describes the technical support that is available for your product, during the warranty period or throughout the life of the product. Refer to your Lenovo Statement of Limited Warranty for a fully explanation of Lenovo warranty terms.</p>
<h4>Registering your option</h4>
<p>Register to receive product service and support updates, as well as free and discounted computer Accessories and content. Go to: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/support" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/support</a></p>
<h4>Online technical support</h4>
<p>Online technical support is available during the life of your product through the Lenovo Support Web site at http://www.lenovo.com/ support Product replacement assistance or exchange of defective components also is available during the warranty period, assistance for replacement or exchange of defective components is available. In addition, if your option is installed in a Lenovo computer, you might be entitled to service at your location. Your technical support representative can help you determine the best alternative.</p>
<h4>Telephone technical support</h4>
<p>Installation and configuration support through the Customer Support Center will be withdrawn or made available for a fee, at Lenovo’s discretion, 90 days after the option has been withdrawn from marketing, Additional support offerings, including step-by-step installation assistance, are available for a nominal fee.<br />
To assist the technical support representative, have available as much of the following<br />
information as possible:<br />
● Option name<br />
● Option number<br />
● Proof of purchase<br />
● Computer manufacturer, model, serial number, and manual<br />
● Exact wording of the error message (if any)<br />
● Description of the problem<br />
● Hardware and software configuration information for your system<br />
If possible, be at your computer. Your technical support representative might want to walk you through the problem during the call.</p>
<p><strong>Worldwide telephone list</strong><br />
Phone numbers are subject to change without notice. For the most current phone numbers, go to <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/support/phone" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/support/phone</a></p>
<table width="1215">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="242"><strong>Country or Region</strong></td>
<td width="651"><strong>Telephone Number</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Argentina</td>
<td width="651">0800-666-0011 (Spanish, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Australia</td>
<td width="651">1-800-041-267 (English )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Austria</td>
<td width="651">0810-100-654 (local phone) (German)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Bel: um</td>
<td width="651">Warrant service and su .. ort: 02-339-36-11<strong> I</strong> utch, French</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Bolivia</td>
<td width="651">0800-10-0189 S . anish</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Brazil</td>
<td width="651">Calls made from within the Sao Paulo region: 11-3889-8986 Calls made from outside the Sao Paulo region: 0800-701-4815 Portu : uese</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Brunei Darussalam</td>
<td width="651">800-1111 En: lish</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Canada</td>
<td width="651">1-800-565-3344 En: lish, French</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">Chile</td>
<td width="651">800-361-213(Spanish )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">China</td>
<td width="651">Technical Su . .ort Line:      400-100-6000 Mandarin</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="242">China (Hong Kong S.A.R.)</td>
<td width="651">(852) 3516-8977 (Cantonese, English, Mandarin)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1214">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="145"><strong>Country or Region</strong></td>
<td width="389"><strong>Telephone Number</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">China (Macau S.A.R.)</td>
<td width="389">0800-807 / (852) 3071-3559 (Cantonese, English, Mandarin)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Colombia</td>
<td width="389">1-800-912-3021 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Costa Rica</td>
<td width="389">O-800-011-1029( Spanish )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Croatia</td>
<td width="389">385-1-3033-120(Croatian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Cyprus</td>
<td width="389">800-92537(Greek)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Czech Republic</td>
<td width="389">800-353-637(Czerb)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Denmark</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support 7010-5150 (Danish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Dominican Republic</td>
<td width="389">1-866-434-2080(Spanish )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Ecuador</td>
<td width="389">1-8130-426911 (OPCION 4) (Spanish )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Egypt</td>
<td width="389">Primary: 0800-0000-850 Secondary:0800-0000-744 (Arabic, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">El Salvador</td>
<td width="389">800 4/64 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Estonia</td>
<td width="389">372-66-0-800 (Estonian, Russian, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Finland</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support +358-800-1-4260(Finnish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">France</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support (hardware): 0810-631-213(French)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Germany</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support 0800-500-4618 (toll-free)(German)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Greece</td>
<td width="389">Lenovo Business Partner (Greek)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Guatemala</td>
<td width="389">Dial 999-9190, wait for operator, and request to reach 877-4049661 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Honduras</td>
<td width="389">Dial 800-0123(Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Hungary</td>
<td width="389">+36-13-825-716 (English, Hungarian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">India</td>
<td width="389">Primary: 1800-419-4666 (Tata)</p>
<p>Secondary: 1800-3000-8465 (Reliance) Email: <a href="mailto:commercialts@lenovo.com%20">commerciallstlienovo.com</a> (English and Hindi)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Indonesia</td>
<td width="389">1-803.442-425</p>
<p>62 213-002-1090 (Standard Charges Apply) (English, Bahasa Indonesia)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Ireland</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support 01-881-1444 (English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Israel</td>
<td width="389">Givat Shmuel Service and Center +972-3-531-3900 (Hebrew, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Italy</td>
<td width="389">Warranty service and support: +39400-820094 (Italian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Japan</td>
<td width="389">0120-000-817 (Japanese, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Kazakhztan</td>
<td width="389">77-277-231-427(Standard charges Apply) (Russian , English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Korea</td>
<td width="389">080-513-0880 (Collect Call) 02-3483-2229 (Toll Call) (Korean)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Latvia</td>
<td width="389">371-6707-360(Latvian, Russian, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Lithuania</td>
<td width="389">370 5278 6602(Italian, Russian, English )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Luxembourg</td>
<td width="389">ThinkServer and ThinkStation: 352-360-385-343 ThinkCentre and ThinkPad: 352-360-385-222     (French)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Malaysia</td>
<td width="389">1-80048-0013</p>
<p>03-7724-8023 (Standard Charges Apply) (English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Malta</td>
<td width="389">356-21-445-566(English, Italian, Maltese Arabic)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Mexico</td>
<td width="389">001-866-434-2080(Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Netherlands</td>
<td width="389">020-513-3939 (Dutch)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">New Zealand</td>
<td width="389">0508-770-506 (English )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Nicaragua</td>
<td width="389">031-800-220-2282 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="145">Norway</td>
<td width="389">8152-1550(Norwegian)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="1264">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="147"><strong>Country or Region</strong></td>
<td width="392"><strong>Telephone Number</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Panama</td>
<td width="392">Lenovo Customer Support Center 001-866434(Toll-Free)(Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147"><em>Peru</em></td>
<td width="392">4800-50-866 (OPCION 2) (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Philippines</td>
<td width="392">1-800-8908-6454 (GLOBE subscribers)<br />
1-800-1441-0719 (PLOT subscribers) (Tagalog, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Poland</td>
<td width="392">Laptops and tablets branded with logo Think 48-22-273-9777 ThinkStation and ThinkServer 48-22-878-6999 (Polish, English )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Portugal</td>
<td width="392">808-225-115 (Standard Charges Apply) (Portuguese)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Romania</td>
<td width="392">4-021-2244015(Romanian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Russia</td>
<td width="392">+7499-7054204 +7-495-240-8558 (Standard Charges Apply)(Russian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Singapore</td>
<td width="392">1-8004155529<br />
6818-5315 (Standard Charges Apply) (English, Mandarin, Bahasa Malaysia)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Slovakia</td>
<td width="392">ThinkStation and ThirdServer: 421-24954-5555</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Slovenia</td>
<td width="392">386.1-2005-60 (Slovenian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Spain</td>
<td width="392">34-917-1474133(Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Sri Lanka</td>
<td width="392">+9477-7357-123 (Sumathi Information systems) (English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Sweden</td>
<td width="392">Warranty service and support 077-117-1040 (Swedish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Switzerland</td>
<td width="392">Warranty service and support: 0800-55-54-54 (German, French, Italian)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Taiwan</td>
<td width="392">0800-000-702 (Mandarin)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Thailand</td>
<td width="392">001-800-4415-734</p>
<p>(+662) 787-3067 (Standard Charges Applv)(11ui, English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Turkey</td>
<td width="392">444-04-26 (Turkish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">United Kingdom</td>
<td width="392">Standard warranty support 03705-500-900 ( local rate) Standard warranty support 08705-500-900(English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">United States</td>
<td width="392">1-800-426-7378 (English)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Uruguay</td>
<td width="392">000-411-005-6649 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Venezuela</td>
<td width="392">0-800-100-2011 (Spanish)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="147">Vietnam</td>
<td width="392">12411072 (roll Free)<br />
84-8-4458-1042 (Standard Charges Apply) (Vietnamese, English)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Appendix B. Notices</h4>
<p>Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service.</p>
<p>Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering the subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing to:<br />
Lenovo (United States), inc.<br />
1009 Think Place – Building One<br />
Morrisville, NC 27560<br />
U.S.A.<br />
Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing</p>
<p>LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.</p>
<p>Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimers of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice.</p>
<p>The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained from specific environments and presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary.</p>
<p>Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.</p>
<p>Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.</p>
<p>Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.</p>
<h4>Recycling information</h4>
<p>Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.lenovo.com/recycling</a></p>
<h4>Collecting and recycling a disused Lenovo computer or monitor</h4>
<p>If you are a company employee and need to dispose of a Lenovo computer or monitor that is the property of the company, you must do so in accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources. Computers and monitors are categorized as industrial waste and should be properly disposed of by an industrial waste disposal contractor certified by a local government. In accordance with the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, Lenovo Japan provides, through its PC Collecting and Recycling Services, for the collecting, reuse, and recycling of disused computers and monitors. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at</p>
<p><a href="http://www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/pcrecycle/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/pcrecycle/</a>. Pursuant to the Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources, the collecting and recycling of home-used computers and monitors by the manufacturer was begun in October 1, 2003. This service is provided free of charge for home-used computers sold after October 1, 2003. For details, visit the Lenovo Web site at <a href="http://www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/personal/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.ibm.com/jp/pc/service/recycle/personal/</a></p>
<h4>Disposing of Lenovo computer components</h4>
<p>Some Lenovo computer products sold in Japan may have components that contain heavy metals or other environmentally sensitive substances. To properly dispose of disused components, such as a printed circuit board or drive, use the methods described above for collecting and recycling a disused computer or monitor.</p>
<h4>Trademarks</h4>
<p>The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:<br />
Lenovo<br />
The Lenovo logo<br />
ThinkCentre<br />
ThinkPad<br />
ThinkVision<br />
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.<br />
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.</p>
<h4>Turkish statement of compliance</h4>
<p>The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic  Equipment (EEE).</p>
<p>Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.</p>
<h4>India RoHS</h4>
<p>RoHS compliant as per E-Waste(Management &amp; Handling)Rules,2011.</p>
<h4>Power cords and power adapters</h4>
<p>Use only the power cords and power adapters supplied by the product manufacturer. Do not use the ac power cord for other devices.</p>
<h3>DOWNLOAD RESOURCES</h3>
<ul>
<li>Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor [pdf] User Guide ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor, P27h-20 Flat Panel Monitor, 61E9</li>
<li><strong>Read more:</strong> <a href="#ixzz7dezDwbV9">https://manuals.plus/lenovo/thinkvision-flat-panel-monitor-manual#ixzz7dezDwbV9</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>FAQ’S</h3>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How can I get the best performance from my monitor?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">The best way to get the most from your monitor is to use it in a well-lit area. If you work in a dimly lit area, use a lamp or other light source next to your monitor.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">What should I do if my screen appears blank?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Check the power control button on the front of your monitor. If it is not on, press it to turn on your monitor. If the screen remains blank, press and hold the “Menu” button on your monitor for about five seconds. Then release the button and see if the screen appears normal. If not, press and hold the “Menu” button again for about five seconds.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">What should I do if my screen appears discolored or distorted?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Make sure that all cables are connected correctly and that your computer is operating properly. If these steps do not correct the problem, try adjusting your monitor controls (see “Adjusting Your Monitor Controls” in this manual).</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">What should I do if my screen is blank or black when Windows starts up?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Make sure that all cables are connected correctly and that your computer is operating properly. If these steps do not correct the problem, try adjusting your monitor controls (see “Adjusting Your Monitor Controls” in this manual).</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How can I adjust my monitor controls?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">To adjust your monitor controls, follow these steps:<br />
Move the mouse pointer over the bottom right corner of the screen until a menu pops up;<br />
Select “Control Panel”;<br />
Select “Display”;<br />
Select “Settings”;<br />
Select “Advanced Settings”;<br />
Select “Monitor Settings”;<br />
Adjust any of these settings as necessary;<br />
Press OK to apply changes;<br />
Press OK again to exit;<br />
Restart your computer for changes to take effect.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How do I adjust my Lenovo ThinkVision monitor?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">For height adjustment, user needs to press down or lift up the monitor. – Adjust the screen position before rotating the monitor screen. (Make sure that the monitor screen ascent to its highest point, and it inclines backward at 30°.) – then rotate clockwise until the monitor stops at 90°.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How do you unlock ThinkVision monitor settings?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Press and hold for 10 seconds to lock the OSD. This will prevent accidental adjustments to the OSD. Press and hold for 10 seconds to unlock the OSD and allow adjustments to the OSD.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How do I change the display settings on my Lenovo?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Go to the Desktop, right-click the desktop, and go to Display settings. Here you can adjust the size of text, apps, and other items and also change the orientation. To change the resolution settings, scroll down this window and click Advanced Display Settings.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How do I reset my Thinkvision monitor?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Setup freezes or can’t finish?<br />
Try to restart the device. Unplug your device. Wait 10 seconds. Plug it back in.<br />
Factory reset your device (only smart display) With the device powered on, press down both the volume+ / volume- button for 8 seconds, Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your device .</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">How do I zoom on ThinkVision monitor?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Hold down the “Ctrl” key, then press the “+” and “-” keys to zoom in and out, respectively.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Does Lenovo ThinkVision monitor have speakers?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">No, there are no built in speakers within this monitor.</p>
<p><strong class="schema-faq-question">Do ThinkVision monitors have microphones?</strong></p>
<p class="schema-faq-answer">Overview. Collaborate and hold meetings and video conferencing with the 27-inch ThinkVision P27h-20 that has a built-in camera, microphone, and speakers.</p>
<p>Lenovo ThinkVision Flat Panel Monitor<br />
<a href="www://lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www://lenovo.com/</a></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo Smart Tab Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-tab/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 12:16:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=189767</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Lenovo Smart Tab Safety, Warranty &#38; Quick Start Guide Read this guide carefully before using your device. All information labeled with * in this guide only refers to the WLAN + LTE model. Read before using your device Read first – regulatory information Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of all countries and regions in which they have been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements to connect to the telephone network in your country. Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, refer to the “Downloading publications” section below. Getting support To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to https://support.lenovo.com. Downloading publications Electronic versions of your publications are available from https://support.lenovo.com. To download the publications for your device, go to https://support.lenovo.com and follow the instructions on the screen. Accessing your tablet User Guide Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To access your User Guide, go to https://support.lenovo.com and follow the instructions on the screen. Legal notices Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. Device overview Marketing name Model Version Lenovo Tab P10 Lenovo TB-X705F WLAN Lenovo TB-X705L WLAN + LTE Lenovo Tab M10 Lenovo TB-X605F WLAN Lenovo TB-X605L WLAN + LTE 1 Touch screen 2 Speakers 3 Front camera 4Light sensor 5 Indicator 6 Fingerprint sensor 7 Card tray 8 Microphone 9 Type C USB 2.0 connector 10 Headset connector 11 Rear camera 12 Flash 13 Volume buttons 14 Power button 15 Smart connector • Connect your device to other Lenovo accessories through Smart Connector. The accessories vary by country/region. • Your device supports CTIA earphones. • The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot. • All information labeled with※in this guide only refers to the Lenovo Tab P10. Marketing name Model Lenovo Smart Dock Lenovo HA-200 1 Speaker 2 Stability support 3 Power adapter connector 4 Bluetooth button 5 Microphone 6 Volume buttons 7Microphone On/Off button 8 Smart connector • The microphone on/off button will stay red until the first time you log into your Amazon accounts while docked. • All pictures and illustrations in this document are for reference only and may differ from the final product. Installing cards Use a microSD card (sold separately) for extra storage. *To access cellular networks with your tablet (WLAN + LTE version only), insert a Nano-SIM card provided by your carrier into the slot as shown below. Figure 1: Lenovo Tab P10 Figure 2: Lenovo Tab M10 Only Nano-SIM cards work with your tablet. • Do not insert or remove the Nano-SIM card while your tablet is powered on. Doing so may cause permanent damage to your Nano-SIM card or tablet. • Do not insert the eject tool into the microphone. Doing so may cause permanent damage to your tablet. Getting started 1.Open the stability support. 2.Plug the power adaptor into the dock and then into a power outlet. 3. Place your tablet in the dock. Make sure to correctly align the smart connector on the dock with the smart connector on the tablet. The tablet will vibrate and the display will change when docked correctly. Charging your tablet You might need to charge the battery before using your device. As shown in the picture below, you can charge the battery through the dock. You can check the charging status through the battery status icon in the notification panel when the tablet is powered on and being charged. Turning on/off the tablet Turn on: Press and hold the power button until the Lenovo logo appears. Turn off: Press and hold the power button for a few seconds, then tap Power off. Restart: Press and hold the power button for about 10 seconds until the device turns off. Then turn it on again in the normal way. Connecting your tablet to your dock via Bluetooth 1. Place your tablet in the dock. 2. Log in to your Amazon account on the tablet. 3. Make sure the Bluetooth of the tablet and the dock are turned on. They will connect automatically. If the tablet cannot connect to your dock automatically, press and hold the Bluetooth button on the dock for a few seconds to enter pairing mode. In pairing mode, you can manually pair the dock with the tablet. Talking to your Lenovo Smart Tab 1. Log in to your Amazon account on the tablet. 2. Enable the hands-free feature on the tablet’s Quick Settings panel. 3. Say “Alexa” to get your device’s attention. Please make sure the default voice assistant on your tablet settings is set to “Alexa”. Things to try The things to try provide examples of things you can ask. Alexa, what’s the weather? Alexa set an alarm for 6 a.m. Alexa, play my Flash Briefing. Alexa set a timer for 20 minutes. Alexa, how tall is Mt. Everest? Alexa, is it going to rain today? Alexa, add “Dinner with Mom” to my calendar. Alexa, what movies are playing nearby? Alexa, what are some top-rated Indian restaurants? Alexa, how far away is the Statue of Liberty? To learn more about the app and access additional features, check out “Things to Try” in the Amazon Alexa app. Important safety and handling information Plastic bag notice Danger: Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid the danger of suffocation. Built-in rechargeable battery notice Danger: Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery. Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosions, excessive heat, or other risks. Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause harmful explosions or battery fluid leakage. When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or regulations. Do not dispose of the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. The battery pack contains a small number of harmful substances. To avoid injury: Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources. Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids. Do not leave the battery in an extremely high-temperature surrounding environment. Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack. Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets. Do not leave the battery in an extremely low air pressure surrounding the environment. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery. To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30 to 50% capacity each time and recharging it every three months to prevent over-discharge. Caution about high volume usage Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing:  Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at a high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you. If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears, or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked. To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors Your mobile device is not a toy. Not recommended for children under 3 years of age to play with it. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during the handling and using of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock.  If parents choose to allow children 3 or older to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device. Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically or damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use. Service and support information The following information describes the technical support that is available for your product, during the warranty period or throughout the life of your product. Refer to the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW) for a full explanation of Lenovo warranty terms. See “Lenovo Limited Warranty notice” later in this document for details on accessing the full warranty. Online technical support Online technical support is available during the lifetime of a product at: https://support.lenovo.com Telephone technical support You can get help and information from the Customer Support Center by telephone. Before contacting a Lenovo technical support representative, please have the following information available: model and serial number, the exact wording of any error message, and a description of the problem. Your technical support representative might want to walk you through the problem while you are at your device during the call. Worldwide Lenovo Support telephone list Important: Telephone numbers are subject to change without notice. The most up-to-date telephone list for the  Customer Support Center is always available at:https://www.lenovo.com/support/phone If the telephone number for your country or region is not listed, contact your  Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative. Warranty information Lenovo Limited Warranty notice This product is covered by the terms of the LLW, version L505-0010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at   https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. You can read the LLW in a number of languages from this Web site. If you cannot view the LLW from the Web site, contact your local Lenovo office or reseller to obtain a printed version of the LLW. Warranty period and type of warranty service Country or region Warranty period Type of warranty service The United Kingdom. Australia, New Zealand Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year 1,3 India, Mexico Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year 1,4 United States of America, Canada, Japan Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year 1,5 Spain, France, Germany, Italy Parts and Labor – 2 years Battery Pack -1 year Dock -2 years 1,3 * Excludes some components. 90-day limited warranty for power adapters, keyboards, plastics, and hinges. Type of warranty service Customer Replaceable Unit (“CRU”) Service  On-site Service  Courier or Depot Service Customer Carry-In Service Mail-in Service Customer Two-Way Mail-in Service Product Exchange Service For a full explanation of the types of warranty service, refer to the full warranty. See “Lenovo Limited Warranty notice” for details on accessing the full warranty. If you need support for this device, do not go back to your point of purchase. Please visit https://support.lenovo.com, where you will find answers to frequently asked questions, software updates, and details on how to get in touch with us. Eurasia compliance mark Environmental, recycling, and disposal  information  General recycling statement Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to http://www.lenovo.com/recycling. Important battery and WEEE information Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Country-specific information is available at:http://www.lenovo.com/recycling Recycling information for Japan Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Additional recycling statements Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your User Guide. See “Accessing your tablet User Guide” for details. Battery recycling marks Battery recycling information for Taiwan Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada Battery recycling information for the European Union Energy efficiency mark Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) Turkey The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). European Union Lenovo products sold in the European Union, on or after 3 January 2013 meet the requirements of Directive 2011/65/EU on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“RoHS Recast” or “RoHS 2”). For more information about Lenovo’s progress on RoHS, go to: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf. Singapore Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”). European Union compliance statement European Union conformity EU contact: Lenovo, Einsteinova 21, 851 01 Bratislava, Slovakia Compliance with the RE Directive Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-X705F, Lenovo TB-X705L, Lenovo TB-X605F, Lenovo TB-X605L, Lenovo HA-200 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: http://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/EU_DoC_tablets This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power: Model Name Frequency Bands Maximum ConductedPower (dBm) Lenovo TB-X705L UMTS B1 23 UMTS B8 24 LTE B1/B7 22.5 LTE B3/B8/B20/B40 23.5 LTE B38 23 WLAN 2400-2483.5 17.5 WLAN 5150-5350 16 WLAN 5470-5850 15.5 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 10.5 Lenovo TB-X705F WLAN 2400-2483.5 18 WLAN 5150-5350 16.5 WLAN 5470-5850 15.5 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 9.5 Model Name Frequency Bands Maximum ConductedPower (dBm) Lenovo TB-X605L UMTS B1 22.5 UMTS B8 24 LTE B1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 38, 40 23.5 WLAN 2400-2483.5 20 WLAN 5150-5850 17 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 9.5 Lenovo TB-X605F WLAN 2400-2483.5 20 WLAN 5150-5850 17 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 9.5 Lenovo HA-200 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 9.93 The Lenovo HA-200 device should be used with a separation distance of 20 cm to the human body. The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries. Specific Absorption Rate information YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radiofrequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed  below: Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded. Europe 10g SAR Limit (2.0 W/kg) Lenovo TBX705L Body-worn LTE B40, Wi-Fi, 1.15 W/kg Lenovo TBX705F Body-worn Bluetooth 1.01 W/kg Lenovo TBX605F Body-worn Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 1.25 W/kg Lenovo TBX605L Body-worn Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 1.50 W/kg During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes f system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the body. The operating temperature range of this device is 0~40°C. Use your device only in the temperature range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F) to avoid damage. © Copyright Lenovo 2018. Printed in China [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/smart-tab/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/lenovo-logo.webp" /></strong></p>
<p><strong>Lenovo Smart Tab</strong><br />
<strong>Safety, Warranty &amp; Quick Start Guide</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON.webp" />Read this guide carefully before using your device. All information labeled with * in this guide only refers to the WLAN + LTE model.</p>
<h4>Read before using your device</h4>
<p><strong>Read first – regulatory information</strong><br />
Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of all countries and regions in which they have been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements to connect to the telephone network in your country.<br />
Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, refer to the “Downloading publications” section below.</p>
<h4>Getting support</h4>
<p>To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>.</p>
<h4>Downloading publications</h4>
<p>Electronic versions of your publications are available from<br />
<a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>. To download the publications for your device, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a> and follow the instructions on the screen.</p>
<h4>Accessing your tablet User Guide</h4>
<p>Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To access your User Guide, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a> and follow the instructions on the screen.</p>
<h4>Legal notices</h4>
<p>Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.<br />
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.<br />
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.<br />
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.</p>
<h4>Device overview</h4>
<table width="752">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208"><strong>Marketing name</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Version</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="208">Lenovo Tab P10</td>
<td width="208">Lenovo TB-X705F</td>
<td width="208">WLAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Lenovo TB-X705L</td>
<td width="208">WLAN + LTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" width="208">Lenovo Tab M10</td>
<td width="208">Lenovo TB-X605F</td>
<td width="208">WLAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Lenovo TB-X605L</td>
<td width="208">WLAN + LTE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Device-overview.webp" /></p>
<table width="613">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="312">1 Touch screen<br />
2 Speakers<br />
3 Front camera<br />
4Light sensor<br />
5 Indicator<br />
6 Fingerprint sensor<br />
7 Card tray<br />
8 Microphone</td>
<td width="312">9 Type C USB 2.0 connector<br />
10 Headset connector<br />
11 Rear camera<br />
12 Flash<br />
13 Volume buttons<br />
14 Power button<br />
15 Smart connector</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-1.webp" />Connect your device to other Lenovo accessories through Smart Connector. The accessories vary by country/region.<br />
• Your device supports CTIA earphones.<br />
• <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/icon-2-3.webp" />The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot.<br />
• All information labeled with※in this guide only refers to the Lenovo Tab P10.</p>
<table width="575">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="312"><strong>Marketing name</strong></td>
<td width="312"><strong>Model</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="312">Lenovo Smart Dock</td>
<td width="312">Lenovo HA-200</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Device-overview1.webp" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="312">1 Speaker<br />
2 Stability support<br />
3 Power adapter connector<br />
4 Bluetooth button</td>
<td width="312">5 Microphone<br />
6 Volume buttons<br />
7Microphone On/Off button<br />
8 Smart connector</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-1.webp" />The microphone on/off button will stay red until the first time you log into your Amazon accounts while docked.<br />
• All pictures and illustrations in this document are for reference only and may differ from the final product.</p>
<h4>Installing cards</h4>
<p>Use a microSD card (sold separately) for extra storage.<br />
*To access cellular networks with your tablet (WLAN + LTE version only), insert a Nano-SIM card provided by your carrier into the slot as shown below.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Figure-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Figure 1: Lenovo Tab P10</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Figure-2.webp" /></p>
<p>Figure 2: Lenovo Tab M10</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-1.webp" />Only Nano-SIM cards work with your tablet.<br />
•<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/icon-2-3.webp" /> Do not insert or remove the Nano-SIM card while your tablet is powered on. Doing so may cause permanent damage to your Nano-SIM card or tablet.<br />
• Do not insert the eject tool into the microphone. Doing so may cause permanent damage to your tablet.</p>
<h4>Getting started</h4>
<p>1.Open the stability support.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Open-the-stability-support.webp" />2.Plug the power adaptor into the dock and then into a power outlet.<br />
3. Place your tablet in the dock.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-1.webp" />Make sure to correctly align the smart connector on the dock with the smart connector on the tablet. The tablet will vibrate and the display will change when docked correctly.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-docked-correctly.webp" /></p>
<h4>Charging your tablet</h4>
<p>You might need to charge the battery before using your device.<br />
As shown in the picture below, you can charge the battery through the dock.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-charging-quality.webp" /></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-2.webp" />You can check the charging status through the battery status icon in the notification panel when the tablet is powered on and being charged.</p>
<h4>Turning on/off the tablet</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Lenovo-Smart-Tab-Turning-onoff.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Turn on:</strong> Press and hold the power button until the Lenovo logo appears.<br />
<strong>Turn off:</strong> Press and hold the power button for a few seconds, then tap Power off.<br />
<strong>Restart:</strong> Press and hold the power button for about 10 seconds until the device turns off. Then turn it on again in<br />
the normal way.</p>
<h4>Connecting your tablet to your dock via Bluetooth</h4>
<p>1. Place your tablet in the dock.<br />
2. Log in to your Amazon account on the tablet.<br />
3. Make sure the Bluetooth of the tablet and the dock are turned on. They will connect automatically.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-2.webp" />If the tablet cannot connect to your dock automatically, press and hold the Bluetooth button on the dock for a few seconds to enter pairing mode. In pairing mode, you can manually pair the dock with the tablet.</p>
<h4>Talking to your Lenovo Smart Tab</h4>
<p>1. Log in to your Amazon account on the tablet.<br />
2. Enable the hands-free feature on the tablet’s Quick Settings panel.<br />
3. Say “Alexa” to get your device’s attention.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-2.webp" />Please make sure the default voice assistant on your tablet settings is set to “Alexa”.</p>
<p><strong>Things to try</strong><br />
The things to try provide examples of things you can ask.</p>
<table border="0" width="128" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20">Alexa, what’s the weather?</td>
<td width="64">Alexa set an alarm for 6 a.m.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Alexa, play my Flash Briefing.</td>
<td>Alexa set a timer for 20 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Alexa, how tall is Mt. Everest?</td>
<td>Alexa, is it going to rain today?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Alexa, add “Dinner with Mom” to my calendar.</td>
<td>Alexa, what movies are playing nearby?</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Alexa, what are some top-rated Indian restaurants?</td>
<td>Alexa, how far away is the Statue of Liberty?</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To learn more about the app and access additional features, check out “Things to Try” in the Amazon Alexa app.</p>
<h4>Important safety and handling information</h4>
<p><strong>Plastic bag notice</strong><br />
<strong>Danger:</strong> Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid the danger of suffocation.<br />
<strong>Built-in rechargeable battery notice</strong><br />
<strong>Danger:</strong> Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery. Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosions, excessive heat, or other risks.<br />
Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause harmful explosions or battery fluid leakage.<br />
When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or regulations. Do not dispose of the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.<br />
The battery pack contains a small number of harmful substances. To avoid injury:</p>
<ul>
<li>Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources.</li>
<li>Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids.</li>
<li>Do not leave the battery in an extremely high-temperature surrounding environment.</li>
<li>Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack.</li>
<li>Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets.</li>
<li>Do not leave the battery in an extremely low air pressure surrounding the environment. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery.</li>
</ul>
<p>To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30 to 50% capacity each time and recharging it every three months to prevent over-discharge.<br />
<strong>Caution about high volume usage</strong><br />
Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing:</p>
<ul>
<li> Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at a high volume.</li>
<li>Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings.</li>
<li>Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears, or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/what-icon.webp" /><br />
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods.</p>
<h4>Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors</h4>
<p>Your mobile device is not a toy. Not recommended for children under 3 years of age to play with it. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during the handling and using of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock.  If parents choose to allow children 3 or older to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device.<br />
Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically or damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use.</p>
<h4>Service and support information</h4>
<p>The following information describes the technical support that is available for your product, during the warranty period or throughout the life of your product. Refer to the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW) for a full explanation of Lenovo warranty terms. See “Lenovo Limited Warranty notice” later in this document for details on accessing the full warranty.<br />
<strong>Online technical support</strong><br />
Online technical support is available during the lifetime of a product at:<br />
<a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a><br />
<strong>Telephone technical support</strong><br />
You can get help and information from the Customer Support Center by telephone. Before contacting a Lenovo technical support representative, please have the following information available: model and serial number, the exact wording of any error message, and a description of the problem.<br />
Your technical support representative might want to walk you through the problem while you are at your device during the call.</p>
<p><strong>Worldwide Lenovo Support telephone list</strong><br />
<strong>Important:</strong> Telephone numbers are subject to change without notice. The most up-to-date telephone list for the  Customer Support Center is always available at:<a href="https://www.lenovo.com/support/phone" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/support/phone</a><br />
If the telephone number for your country or region is not listed, contact your  Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative.<br />
<strong>Warranty information</strong><br />
<strong>Lenovo Limited Warranty notice</strong><br />
This product is covered by the terms of the LLW, version L505-0010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at   <a href="https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw</a>_02. You can read the LLW in a number of languages from this Web site. If you cannot view the LLW from the Web site, contact your local Lenovo office or reseller to obtain a printed version of<br />
the LLW.</p>
<p><strong>Warranty period and type of warranty service</strong></p>
<table width="875">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="276"><strong>Country or region</strong></td>
<td width="177">Warranty period</td>
<td width="126"><strong>Type of warranty service</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="276">The United Kingdom. Australia, New Zealand</td>
<td width="177">Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year</td>
<td width="126">1,3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="276">India, Mexico</td>
<td width="177">Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year</td>
<td width="126">1,4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="276">United States of America, Canada, Japan</td>
<td width="177">Parts and Labor -1 year Battery Pack -1 year Dock -1 year</td>
<td width="126">1,5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="276">Spain, France, Germany, Italy</td>
<td width="177">Parts and Labor – 2 years Battery Pack -1 year<br />
Dock -2 years</td>
<td width="126">1,3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* Excludes some components. 90-day limited warranty for power adapters, keyboards, plastics, and hinges.</p>
<p><strong>Type of warranty service</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Customer Replaceable Unit (“CRU”) Service</li>
<li> On-site Service</li>
<li> Courier or Depot Service</li>
<li>Customer Carry-In Service</li>
<li>Mail-in Service</li>
<li>Customer Two-Way Mail-in Service</li>
<li>Product Exchange Service</li>
</ol>
<p>For a full explanation of the types of warranty service, refer to the full warranty. See “Lenovo Limited Warranty notice” for details on accessing the full warranty. If you need support for this device, do not go back to your point of purchase. Please visit <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>, where you will find answers to frequently asked questions, software updates, and details on how to get in touch with us.<br />
<strong>Eurasia compliance mark</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/eac-logo.webp" /><br />
<strong>Environmental, recycling, and disposal  information </strong><br />
<strong>General recycling statement</strong><br />
Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT<br />
products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Important battery and WEEE information</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/warning-15-3.webp" />Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection<br />
stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators.<br />
Country-specific information is available at:<a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling</a><br />
<strong>Recycling information for Japan</strong><br />
Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan</a><br />
<strong>Additional recycling statements</strong><br />
Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your User Guide. See “Accessing your tablet User Guide” for details.<br />
<strong>Battery recycling marks</strong><br />
Battery recycling information for Taiwan</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Battery-recycling.webp" />Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/United-States-and-Canada-logo.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Battery recycling information for the European Union</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/warning-2-3.webp" /><br />
<strong>Energy efficiency mark</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/bc-logo.webp" /><br />
<strong>Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS)<br />
Turkey</strong><br />
The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE).<br />
<strong>European Union</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in the European Union, on or after 3 January 2013 meet the requirements of Directive 2011/65/EU on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“RoHS Recast” or “RoHS 2”). For more information about Lenovo’s progress on RoHS, go to: <a href="https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social</a>_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf.</p>
<p><strong>Singapore</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”).<br />
<strong>European Union compliance statement</strong><br />
<strong>European Union conformity</strong><br />
EU contact: Lenovo, Einsteinova 21, 851 01 Bratislava, Slovakia</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/ce-icon-3.webp" /><strong>Compliance with the RE Directive</strong><br />
Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-X705F, Lenovo TB-X705L, Lenovo TB-X605F, Lenovo TB-X605L, Lenovo HA-200 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:<br />
<a href="http://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/EU_DoC_tablets" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/EU_DoC_tablets</a><br />
This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power:</p>
<table width="831">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208"><strong>Model Name</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Frequency Bands</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Maximum ConductedPower</strong> <strong>(dBm)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9" width="208">Lenovo TB-X705L</td>
<td width="208">UMTS B1</td>
<td width="208">23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">UMTS B8</td>
<td width="208">24</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">LTE B1/B7</td>
<td width="208">22.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">LTE B3/B8/B20/B40</td>
<td width="208">23.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">LTE B38</td>
<td width="208">23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">17.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5150-5350</td>
<td width="208">16</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5470-5850</td>
<td width="208">15.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">10.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="208">Lenovo TB-X705F</td>
<td width="208">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">18</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5150-5350</td>
<td width="208">16.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5470-5850</td>
<td width="208">15.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">9.5</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="830">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="208"><strong>Model Name</strong></td>
<td width="208"><strong>Frequency Bands</strong></td>
<td width="208">Maximum ConductedPower (dBm)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="208">Lenovo TB-X605L</td>
<td width="208">UMTS B1</td>
<td width="208">22.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">UMTS B8</td>
<td width="208">24</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">LTE B1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 38, 40</td>
<td width="208">23.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5150-5850</td>
<td width="208">17</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">9.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" width="208">Lenovo TB-X605F</td>
<td width="208">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">WLAN 5150-5850</td>
<td width="208">17</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">9.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="208">Lenovo HA-200</td>
<td width="208">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="208">9.93</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The Lenovo HA-200 device should be used with a separation distance of 20 cm to the human body.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/READ-ICON-2.webp" />The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries.</p>
<p><strong>Specific Absorption Rate information</strong><br />
YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO<br />
RADIO WAVES.<br />
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radiofrequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed  below:<br />
<strong>Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded.</strong></p>
<table width="863">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" width="125">Europe</p>
<p>10g SAR</p>
<p>Limit (2.0</p>
<p>W/kg)</td>
<td width="125">Lenovo TBX705L</td>
<td width="125">Body-worn</td>
<td width="125">LTE B40, Wi-Fi,</td>
<td width="125">1.15 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Lenovo TBX705F</td>
<td width="125">Body-worn</td>
<td width="125">Bluetooth</td>
<td width="125">1.01 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Lenovo TBX605F</td>
<td width="125">Body-worn</td>
<td width="125">Wi-Fi, Bluetooth</td>
<td width="125">1.25 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="125">Lenovo TBX605L</td>
<td width="125">Body-worn</td>
<td width="125">Wi-Fi, Bluetooth</td>
<td width="125">1.50 W/kg</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes f system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the body.</p>
<p>The operating temperature range of this device is 0~40°C. Use your device only in the temperature range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F) to avoid damage.</p>
<p>© Copyright Lenovo 2018.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Reduse-logo.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/lENOVO-LOGO-1.webp" /></p>
<p>Printed in China</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo XT91 TWS True Wireless Bluetooth Earbuds Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/xt91-earbuds/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 08 Jul 2023 16:10:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=148041</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Specifications Product Size 11 10 5cm/120g Cable Feature ‎Without Cable Headphones Form Factor In-Ear Manipulation Mode Touch control BT version BT5.0 Communication distance 10m(Without obstacles) Compatible System IOS/ANDROID Color Black Brand Lenovo Introduction Lenovo XT91 TWS Bluetooth 5.0 In-Ear Earphones True Wireless Earbuds with Digital Power Display and Touch Control Waterproof Stereo Sound Noise Canceling Binaural Audio Gaming Sports Music Headsets with Mic Compatible with iOS Android PC.  A stereo and realistic sound are provided by an 8mm dynamic driver unit. Dual hosts, with left and right ear divisions, are both convenient to use. And Charging case with digital battery usage displays Smart touch control, a small and lightweight design that fits well in the ear canal. When you pick up the phone, it automatically pairs. It has a long battery life and does not require regular charging. BT 5.0 technology, low latency, and low power consumption are all meticulously engineered and measured to make your ears completely comfortable. Both parties may converse using this stereo acoustic headset. Improve high-fidelity sound quality with an 8mm moving coil drive. Long-lasting battery life with a 300mAh rechargeable battery. Compatible with Android and iOS systems. What’s In the Box? 2 Headphones 1 Charging Box 4 Ear Cap 1 Charging Cable 1 User Manual CHARGING CASE CHARGE Connect the lightning cord to the charging case’s lightning connector. Connect the cable’s USB connector to a USB power source. While the charging case is charging, the indicator light will become red. Depending on the power given to the charging case, the charging case will take roughly 2 hours or more to fully charge. When the case is fully charged, the indicator light will turn solid blue, flicker, and then turn off. POWER ON Press and hold the multi-function key on BOTH L and R earphones for 3 seconds, then release when the BLUE light flashes and a voice prompt says “POWER ON.” Important Instruction Except for the first manual connection, when reconnecting, simply open the lid (On the premise that the phone has a headset pairing record) Please charge the charging case with a device that is less than 5V-2.1A and do not use rapid charging equipment. Depending on the scenario, the actual application may change somewhat. To avoid damage, do not submerge the earphones in water directly. Because displays are not all calibrated the same, the color of an item featured in a photo may seem somewhat different on your computer monitor. How can I get my Lenovo earphones to work? Setup of Lenovo Smart Wireless Earbuds If you have an Android device, just pop the charging case’s lid open and push the little button inside. You’ll see a pop-up asking you to connect, and then you’re done. You may also use the Lenovo Smart Wearable app from Google Play to link your device. To start/stop Double-tap the left/right earbuds’ touch panels. Call to pick up/hang up Double-tap the left/right earbuds’ touch panels. To decline the call Hold the left/right earbud touch panel for 2 seconds. To the next/previous song To return to the previous song, press and hold the left earbud touch panel for 2 seconds. To go to the next song, press and hold the right earbud touch panel for 2 seconds. Start the voice assistant. 3 times on the touch panel of the left/right earbuds Bluetooth has been switched to pairing mode. 7 times on the touch panel of the left/right earbuds To manually switch on/off earbuds When the earphones are not plugged into the charging station To turn on, press and hold for 5 seconds; to turn off, press and hold for 8 seconds. Frequently Asked Questions What is the best way to wear Lenovo True Wireless Earbuds?  First, find the ear tips that best suit your ears, then place the earbuds in your ears. Last but not least, spin and lock the earphones How do you clean the earbuds’ pairing record? Remove the earphones from the charging case, press any of the earbud’s touch panels 7 times to enter Bluetooth pairing mode, then press any of the earbud’s touch panels 4 times to clear the pairing list, and return to factory settings. Is Lenovo TWS a decent product? Sound quality is a 10/10 when compared to its ultra-low price, but it cannot compete in absolute quality with airport/Jabra, which cost $150-250. All things considered, this is the best-value genuine Bluetooth earpiece on the market today. Are Lenovo’s earbuds equipped with a microphone? Lenovo LP40 TWS Bluetooth Earbuds Brand Quality Mini Wireless Earbuds Sports Gaming Bluetooth Headset with Mic Support Call Video Is the Lenovo earbuds iPhone compatible? Yes. iOS, Android 8.0 and above, and Windows 10 and higher are all compatible with the earphones. Lenovo earbuds are waterproof? Lenovo True Wireless Earbuds’ IPX5 waterproof resistance protects against rain and perspiration, making them ideal for on-the-go listening. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/xt91-earbuds/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4></h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-XT91-TWS-True-Wireless-Earbuds-In-Ear-Earphones-Bluetooth-imgg.webp" /></p>
<h4>Specifications</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Product Size</strong><br />
11 10 5cm/120g</li>
<li><strong>Cable Feature</strong><br />
‎Without Cable</li>
<li><strong>Headphones Form Factor</strong><br />
In-Ear</li>
<li><strong>Manipulation Mode</strong><br />
Touch control</li>
<li><strong>BT version</strong><br />
BT5.0</li>
<li><strong>Communication distance</strong><br />
10m(Without obstacles)</li>
<li><strong>Compatible System</strong><br />
IOS/ANDROID</li>
<li><strong>Color</strong><br />
Black</li>
<li><strong>Brand</strong><br />
Lenovo</li>
</ul>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p>Lenovo XT91 TWS Bluetooth 5.0 In-Ear Earphones True Wireless Earbuds with Digital Power Display and Touch Control Waterproof Stereo Sound Noise Canceling Binaural Audio Gaming Sports Music Headsets with Mic Compatible with iOS Android PC.  A stereo and realistic sound are provided by an 8mm dynamic driver unit. Dual hosts, with left and right ear divisions, are both convenient to use. And Charging case with digital battery usage displays Smart touch control, a small and lightweight design that fits well in the ear canal. When you pick up the phone, it automatically pairs. It has a long battery life and does not require regular charging.</p>
<p>BT 5.0 technology, low latency, and low power consumption are all meticulously engineered and measured to make your ears completely comfortable. Both parties may converse using this stereo acoustic headset. Improve high-fidelity sound quality with an 8mm moving coil drive. Long-lasting battery life with a 300mAh rechargeable battery. Compatible with Android and iOS systems.</p>
<h4>What’s In the Box?</h4>
<ul>
<li>2 Headphones</li>
<li>1 Charging Box</li>
<li>4 Ear Cap</li>
<li>1 Charging Cable</li>
<li>1 User Manual</li>
</ul>
<h4>CHARGING CASE CHARGE</h4>
<ol>
<li>Connect the lightning cord to the charging case’s lightning connector.</li>
<li>Connect the cable’s USB connector to a USB power source.</li>
<li>While the charging case is charging, the indicator light will become red. Depending on the power given to the charging case, the charging case will take roughly 2 hours or more to fully charge.</li>
<li>When the case is fully charged, the indicator light will turn solid blue, flicker, and then turn off.</li>
</ol>
<h4>POWER ON</h4>
<p>Press and hold the multi-function key on BOTH L and R earphones for 3 seconds, then release when the BLUE light flashes and a voice prompt says “POWER ON.”</p>
<h4>Important Instruction</h4>
<ol>
<li>Except for the first manual connection, when reconnecting, simply open the lid (On the premise that the phone has a headset pairing record)</li>
<li>Please charge the charging case with a device that is less than 5V-2.1A and do not use rapid charging equipment.</li>
<li>Depending on the scenario, the actual application may change somewhat.</li>
<li>To avoid damage, do not submerge the earphones in water directly.</li>
<li>Because displays are not all calibrated the same, the color of an item featured in a photo may seem somewhat different on your computer monitor.</li>
</ol>
<h4>How can I get my Lenovo earphones to work?</h4>
<p>Setup of Lenovo Smart Wireless Earbuds</p>
<p>If you have an Android device, just pop the charging case’s lid open and push the little button inside. You’ll see a pop-up asking you to connect, and then you’re done. You may also use the Lenovo Smart Wearable app from Google Play to link your device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To start/stop</strong><br />
Double-tap the left/right earbuds’ touch panels.</li>
<li><strong>Call to pick up/hang up<br />
</strong>Double-tap the left/right earbuds’ touch panels.</li>
<li><strong>To decline the call<br />
</strong>Hold the left/right earbud touch panel for 2 seconds.</li>
<li><strong>To the next/previous song<br />
</strong>To return to the previous song, press and hold the left earbud touch panel for 2 seconds. To go to the next song, press and hold the right earbud touch panel for 2 seconds.</li>
<li><strong>Start the voice assistant.<br />
</strong>3 times on the touch panel of the left/right earbuds</li>
<li><strong>Bluetooth has been switched to pairing mode.<br />
</strong>7 times on the touch panel of the left/right earbuds</li>
<li><strong>To manually switch on/off earbuds<br />
</strong>When the earphones are not plugged into the charging station To turn on, press and hold for 5 seconds; to turn off, press and hold for 8 seconds.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Frequently Asked Questions</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>What is the best way to wear Lenovo True Wireless Earbuds? </strong><br />
First, find the ear tips that best suit your ears, then place the earbuds in your ears. Last but not least, spin and lock the earphones</li>
<li><strong>How do you clean the earbuds’ pairing record?</strong><br />
Remove the earphones from the charging case, press any of the earbud’s touch panels 7 times to enter Bluetooth pairing mode, then press any of the earbud’s touch panels 4 times to clear the pairing list, and return to factory settings.</li>
<li><strong>Is Lenovo TWS a decent product?</strong><br />
Sound quality is a 10/10 when compared to its ultra-low price, but it cannot compete in absolute quality with airport/Jabra, which cost $150-250. All things considered, this is the best-value genuine Bluetooth earpiece on the market today.</li>
<li><strong>Are Lenovo’s earbuds equipped with a microphone?</strong><br />
Lenovo LP40 TWS Bluetooth Earbuds Brand Quality Mini Wireless Earbuds Sports Gaming Bluetooth Headset with Mic Support Call Video</li>
<li><strong>Is the Lenovo earbuds iPhone compatible?</strong><br />
Yes. iOS, Android 8.0 and above, and Windows 10 and higher are all compatible with the earphones.</li>
<li><strong>Lenovo earbuds are waterproof?</strong><br />
Lenovo True Wireless Earbuds’ IPX5 waterproof resistance protects against rain and perspiration, making them ideal for on-the-go listening.</li>
</ul>
<footer class="entry-footer"></footer>
<nav class="navigation post-navigation" aria-label="Posts"></nav>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo TB-J606F P11 Smart Tablet Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/tb-j606f-p11-tablet/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 01 Jul 2023 16:51:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=137111</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[&#160; Lenovo Tab P11 Safety, Warranty &#38; Quick Start Guide Lenovo TB-J606F Lenovo TB-J606L  Reading before using your device Reading first – regulatory information Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements for connection to the telephone network in your country. Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, go to https://support.lenovo.com. Getting support To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to https://support.lenovo.com. Accessing your User Guide Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To download the publications for your device, go to https://support.lenovo.com and follow the instructions on the screen. Legal notices Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. Device overview Model Version Lenovo TB-J606F WLAN Lenovo TB-J606L WLAN + LTE 1 Volume up button 8 Power button 2 Volume down button 9 Speakers 3 Microphone 10 USB-C connector 4 Front-facing camera 11 Touch screen 5 Light sensor 12 4-point pogo-pin smart connector (for the compatible keyboard and Smart Charging Station) 6 ToF sensor 13 Flashlight 7 Card tray 14 Rear camera The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot. All pictures and illustrations in this document are for your reference only andmay differ from the final product. Preparing your device Installing cards Install the cards as shown in the figure. Power off the device before inserting or removing a card. Note that the WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot. Charging your device Connect your device to a power outlet using the USB cable and power adapter provided. Turning on Press and hold the Power button until the Lenovo logo appears. Accessories (optional) The accessories do not come with all models and are sold separately. Keyboard pack Keyboard connector Keyboard Trackpad  Hinge Kickstand Keyboard layouts vary from country to country. The Keyboard layout in this document is for reference only and your Keyboard may differ. Attaching the Keyboard pack Attach the stand cover and keyboard to the tablet as shown in the following figure. When you are attaching the Stand Cover to the Tablet, make sure that the camera hole is aligned with the tablet’s rear camera. Keyboard pack configurations The Tablet can be used with the entire Keyboard pack attached, or with the Stand Cover alone. Opening and adjusting the Kickstand You can adjust the Tablet angle using the Stand Cover. Grasp either side of the kickstand and gently open it until you reach the desired angle. To prevent damage, do not apply excessive pressure to the Stand Cover or force the Kickstand beyond its natural range of motion. Do not over tilt or apply excessive pressure to the Stand Cover, doing so may damage the hinges. Adjust the tablet angle by opening the Kickstand and changing the position of the tablet until the desired angle is found. The Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover all contain magnetic materials. To avoid loss of magnetism, avoid exposing the Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover to high temperatures or direct sunlight. To prevent demagnetization of credit cards and other items with magnetic data, keep them away from the Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover. Lenovo Precision Pen 2 You can use Lenovo Precision Pen 2 in place of your fingers for a better experience, such as working with specific applications to write or draw on the screen. Overview Charging the pen Remove the pen cap in the direction shown in the figure.  Connect the pen to a charger with a USB-C cable. Replace the pen cap on the pen. You can start to use the pen after charging. When you charging the pen, the indicator light will turn amber, and when it is fully charged, the indicator light automatically goes out. Please be cautious when using the pen. The pen contains sensitive electronic components. Dropping it may cause damage. Replace tip Pinch the tip with tweezers or another suitable tool. Remove the tip. Install the stand-by tip (supplied). Store the Pen Method one: Slide the pen into the pen case.  Remove the transparent film on the back of the pen case.  Stick the pen case to the plastic panel. Thread the ring through the X-shaped hole in the top of the plastic panel. Method two: Slide the pen into the pen case. Remove the transparent film on the back of the pen case. Stick the pen case to the back of the tablet or stand cover. Use the Pen Hold the pen close to the tablet until a white dot appears on the screen. Use the upper and lower button functions of the pen. Using the pen on a coated screen may interfere with the pen-writing experience. Smart Charging Station Name Model Smart Charging Station Lenovo CR-421 Removable back support Smart connector USB-C connector As shown in the picture, you can charge the battery through the Smart Charging Station. Frequent insertion and removal of back support may result in looseness. This product is designed to work only with bundled adaptor and charging cable, please use them in order to make the product work correctly. Important safety and handling information Plastic bag notice Danger: Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation. Caution about high volume usage Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing: Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you. If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked. To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors Your mobile device is not a toy. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during the handling and use of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock. If parents choose to allow children to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device. Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically for damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use. Internal rechargeable battery warning Danger: Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery. Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosion, excessive heat, or other risks. Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause a harmful explosion or battery fluid leakage. When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or regulations. Do not dispose of the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. The battery pack contains a small number of harmful substances. To avoid injury: Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources. Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids. Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely high temperatures. Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack. Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets.  Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely low air pressure. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery. To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30% to 50% capacity each time, and recharging it every three months to prevent over-discharge. Eye Protection and Safety Information While concentrating on the performance capabilities of its screens, Lenovo also places importance on user’s eye health. This product has received TÜV Rheinland’s “Low Blue Light” certification and can be used with confidence. For further information, please visit https://support.lenovo.com. Eurasia compliance mark Lenovo Limited Warranty notice This product is covered by the terms of the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW), version L5050010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. You can view the LLW in a number of languages from this website. Warranty information Lenovo provides a warranty period for your device. To check the warranty status of your device purchase upgrades, go to https://support.lenovo.com/warrantylookup, and then select the product and follow the on-screen instructions. Get support To download Lenovo service tool – LMSA: https://support.lenovo.com/downloads/ds101291 Visit the website above for information on devices compatible with LMSA. Visit Lenovo’s support website (https://support.lenovo.com) with the device serial number to get more Lenovo support options, or scan the QR code, and then follow the on-screen instructions. https://support.lenovo.com/ Environmental, recycling, and disposal information General recycling statement Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to http://www.lenovo.com/recycling. Important battery and WEEE information Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Country-specific information is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling Recycling information for Japan Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Additional recycling statements Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your User Guide. See “Accessing your User Guide” for details. Battery recycling marks Battery recycling information for Taiwan Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada Battery recycling information for the European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) Turkey Lenovo products sold in Turkey, on or after June 1, 2009, meet the requirements of the former Republic of Turkey Restriction of Hazardous Substances legislation from 30th of May 2008 and the Control of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations from 22nd of May 2012(“Turkey RoHS”). Ukraine Lenovo products sold in Ukraine, on or after January 1, 2011, meet the requirements of the Technical Directive on Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electric and Electronic Equipment enforced by the Government, Decision No 1057 dated 2008/12/03” (“Ukraine TR on RoHS”). India Lenovo products sold in India, on or after May 1, 2012, meet the requirements of the India E-waste (Management) Rules (“India RoHS”). Vietnam Lenovo products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT (“Vietnam RoHS”). European Union Lenovo Products meet the requirement of Directive 2011/65/EC on the restriction of the use of the certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“RoHS 2”). Lenovo products sold in the European Union, from the 21st July 2019, meet the requirement of the Commission Delegated Directive (EU 2015/863) amending Directive 2011/65/EU. For more information about Lenovo progress on RoHS, go to: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf Singapore Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”). European Union compliance statement European Union conformity Compliance with the RE Directive Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-J606L and Lenovo TB-J606F are in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power: Model Name Frequency Bands Maximum Conducted Power (dBm) Lenovo TB-J606L GSM 900 33.5 GSM 1800 31.5 UMTS B1 25 UMTS B8 24.5 LTE B7 24 LTE B1/B8/B20/B28 23 LTE B3/B38/B40 23.5 WLAN 2400-2483.5 ﹤20 WLAN 5150-5350 ﹤20 WLAN 5470-5725 ﹤20 WLAN 5725-5850 ﹤14 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 ﹤10 Lenovo TB-J606F WLAN 2400-2483.5 ﹤20 WLAN 5150-5350 ﹤20 WLAN 5470-5725 ﹤20 WLAN 5725-5850 ﹤14 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 ﹤10 Restrictions of use: Usage of this device is limited to indoor in the band 5150 to 5350MHz. The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries. Specific Absorption Rate information YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radiofrequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed below: Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded Europe 10g SAR Limit (2.0 W/kg) Lenovo TB-J606L Body-worn (0mm) GSM, WCDMA &#38; LTE, WLAN, Bluetooth 0.61 W/kg Europe 10g SAR Limit (4.0 W/kg) Limb (0mm) 0.77 W/kg Europe 10g SAR Limit (2.0 W/kg) Lenovo TB-J606F Body-worn (0mm) WLAN, Bluetooth 1.59 W/kg Europe 10g SAR Limit (4.0 W/kg) Limb (0mm) 1.59 W/kg During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes of system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the head and body. https://support.lenovo.com ? https://forums.lenovo.com Read this guide carefully before using your device. All information labeled with * in this guide only refers to the WLAN + LTE model. © Copyright Lenovo 2020. Reduce Reuse Recycle Printed in China [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/tb-j606f-p11-tablet/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Lenovo Tab P11</strong><br />
<strong>Safety, Warranty &amp; Quick Start Guide</strong><br />
<strong>Lenovo TB-J606F</strong><br />
<strong>Lenovo TB-J606L </strong></p>
<h4><strong>Reading before using your device</strong></h4>
<p><strong>Reading first – regulatory information</strong><br />
Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements for connection to the telephone network in your country.<br />
Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>.<br />
<strong>Getting support</strong><br />
To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>.<br />
<strong>Accessing your User Guide</strong><br />
Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To download the publications for your device, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a> and follow the instructions on the screen.<br />
<strong>Legal notices</strong><br />
Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.<br />
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.<br />
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.<br />
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.</p>
<h4>Device overview</h4>
<table border="0" width="128" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20">Model</td>
<td width="64">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Lenovo TB-J606F</td>
<td>WLAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Lenovo TB-J606L</td>
<td>WLAN + LTE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></p>
<table border="0" width="128" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20">1 Volume up button</td>
<td width="64">8 Power button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">2 Volume down button</td>
<td>9 Speakers</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">3 Microphone</td>
<td>10 USB-C connector</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">4 Front-facing camera</td>
<td>11 Touch screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">5 Light sensor</td>
<td>12 4-point pogo-pin smart connector (for the compatible keyboard and Smart Charging Station)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">6 ToF sensor</td>
<td>13 Flashlight</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">7 Card tray</td>
<td>14 Rear camera</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot.</li>
<li>All pictures and illustrations in this document are for your reference only andmay differ from the final product.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Preparing your device</h4>
<p><strong>Installing cards</strong><br />
Install the cards as shown in the figure.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-cards-550x259-1.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Power off the device before inserting or removing a card.</li>
<li>Note that the WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Charging your device</strong><br />
Connect your device to a power outlet using the USB cable and power adapter provided.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-USB-cable.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Power-button-550x256-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Turning on</strong><br />
Press and hold the Power button until the Lenovo logo appears.</p>
<h4>Accessories (optional)</h4>
<p>The accessories do not come with all models and are sold separately.<br />
<strong>Keyboard pack</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-v-550x235-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Keyboard connector</li>
<li>Keyboard</li>
<li>Trackpad</li>
<li> Hinge</li>
<li>Kickstand</li>
</ol>
<p>Keyboard layouts vary from country to country. The Keyboard layout in this document is for reference only and your Keyboard may differ.</p>
<p><strong>Attaching the Keyboard pack</strong><br />
Attach the stand cover and keyboard to the tablet as shown in the following figure.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-keyboard-550x226-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>When you are attaching the Stand Cover to the Tablet, make sure that the camera hole is aligned with the tablet’s rear camera.</p>
<h4>Keyboard pack configurations</h4>
<p>The Tablet can be used with the entire Keyboard pack attached, or with the Stand Cover alone.<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Tablet-550x218-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>Opening and adjusting the Kickstand</h4>
<p>You can adjust the Tablet angle using the Stand Cover. Grasp either side of the kickstand and gently open it until you reach the desired angle. <img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-kickstand-550x375-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>To prevent damage, do not apply excessive pressure to the Stand Cover or force the Kickstand beyond its natural range of motion.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Do not over tilt or apply excessive pressure to the Stand Cover, doing so may damage the hinges.</li>
<li>Adjust the tablet angle by opening the Kickstand and changing the position of the tablet until the desired angle is found.</li>
<li>The Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover all contain magnetic materials. To avoid loss of magnetism, avoid exposing the Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover to high temperatures or direct sunlight.</li>
<li>To prevent demagnetization of credit cards and other items with magnetic data, keep them away from the Tablet, Keyboard, and Stand Cover.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Lenovo Precision Pen 2</strong><br />
You can use Lenovo Precision Pen 2 in place of your fingers for a better experience, such as working with specific applications to write or draw on the screen.</p>
<h4>Overview</h4>
<p><strong>Charging the pen</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the pen cap in the direction shown in the figure.</li>
<li> Connect the pen to a charger with a USB-C cable.</li>
<li>Replace the pen cap on the pen. You can start to use the pen after charging.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Charging-the-pen-550x391-1.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>When you charging the pen, the indicator light will turn amber, and when it is fully charged, the indicator light automatically goes out.</li>
<li>Please be cautious when using the pen. The pen contains sensitive electronic components. Dropping it may cause damage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Replace tip</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Pinch the tip with tweezers or another suitable tool.</li>
<li>Remove the tip.</li>
<li>Install the stand-by tip (supplied).</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Replace-tip-550x456-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Store the Pen</strong><br />
<strong>Method one:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Slide the pen into the pen case.</li>
<li> Remove the transparent film on the back of the pen case.</li>
<li> Stick the pen case to the plastic panel.</li>
<li>Thread the ring through the X-shaped hole in the top of the plastic panel.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Store-the-Pen-550x269-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Method two:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Slide the pen into the pen case.</li>
<li>Remove the transparent film on the back of the pen case.</li>
<li>Stick the pen case to the back of the tablet or stand cover.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-cover-550x346-1.webp" /><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-lower-button-550x198-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Use the Pen</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Hold the pen close to the tablet until a white dot appears on the screen.</li>
<li>Use the upper and lower button functions of the pen.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-screen-550x336-1.webp" /></p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Using the pen on a coated screen may interfere with the pen-writing experience.</p>
<h4>Smart Charging Station</h4>
<table border="0" width="128" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20">Name</td>
<td width="64">Model</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Smart Charging Station</td>
<td>Lenovo CR-421</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-2680899 aligncenter ezlazyloaded" src="images/22.webp" sizes="auto, " srcset="" alt="Lenovo TB J606F P11 Smart Tablet - Charging" width="550" height="386" data-ezsrcset="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Charging-550x386.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 550w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Charging-768x538.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 768w,https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Charging.png?ezimgfmt=ng:webp/ngcb1 783w" data-ezsrc="https://manuals.plus/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Charging-550x386.png?ezimgfmt=rs:550x386/rscb1/ng:webp/ngcb1" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Removable back support</li>
<li>Smart connector</li>
<li>USB-C connector</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Smart-connector-550x153-1.webp" /></p>
<p>As shown in the picture, you can charge the battery through the Smart Charging Station.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Frequent insertion and removal of back support may result in looseness.</li>
<li>This product is designed to work only with bundled adaptor and charging cable, please use them in order to make the product work correctly.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Important safety and handling information</strong><br />
<strong>Plastic bag notice</strong><br />
Danger: Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation.<br />
Caution about high volume usage<br />
Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing:</p>
<ul>
<li>Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at high volume.</li>
<li>Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings.</li>
<li>Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /><br />
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods.<br />
<strong>Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors</strong><br />
Your mobile device is not a toy. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during the handling and use of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock. If parents choose to allow children to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device.<br />
Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically for damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use.<br />
<strong>Internal rechargeable battery warning</strong><br />
Danger: Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery.<br />
Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosion, excessive heat, or other<br />
risks. Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause a harmful explosion or battery fluid leakage.<br />
When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or regulations. Do not dispose of the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose of used<br />
batteries according to the instructions.<br />
The battery pack contains a small number of harmful substances.<br />
To avoid injury:</p>
<ul>
<li>Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources.</li>
<li>Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids.</li>
<li>Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely high temperatures.</li>
<li>Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack.</li>
<li>Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets.</li>
<li> Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely low air pressure. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery.</li>
</ul>
<p>To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30% to 50% capacity each time, and recharging it every three months to prevent over-discharge.</p>
<p><strong>Eye Protection and Safety Information</strong><br />
While concentrating on the performance capabilities of its screens, Lenovo also places importance on user’s eye health. This product has received TÜV Rheinland’s “Low Blue Light” certification and can be used with confidence. For further information, please visit <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>.<br />
<strong>Eurasia compliance mark</strong></p>
<h4><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></h4>
<p><strong>Lenovo Limited Warranty notice</strong><br />
This product is covered by the terms of the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW), version L5050010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at <a href="https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02</a>. You can view the LLW in a number of languages from this website.<br />
Warranty information<br />
Lenovo provides a warranty period for your device. To check the warranty status of your device purchase upgrades, go to <a href="https://support.lenovo.com/warrantylookup" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com/warrantylookup</a>,<br />
and then select the product and follow the on-screen instructions. Get support<br />
To download Lenovo service tool – LMSA:<br />
<a href="https://support.lenovo.com/downloads/ds101291" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com/downloads/ds101291</a><br />
Visit the website above for information on devices compatible with LMSA.<br />
Visit Lenovo’s support website (<a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com</a>) with the device serial number to get more Lenovo support options, or scan the QR code, and then follow<br />
the on-screen instructions.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-QR-code.webp" /><a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://support.lenovo.com/</a></p>
<p><strong>Environmental, recycling, and disposal information</strong><br />
<strong>General recycling statement</strong><br />
Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling</a>.<br />
<strong>Important battery and WEEE information</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /> Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators.<br />
Country-specific information is available at: <a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling</a></p>
<p><strong>Recycling information for Japan</strong><br />
Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at:<br />
<a href="http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan</a><br />
<strong>Additional recycling statements</strong><br />
Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your<br />
User Guide. See “Accessing your User Guide” for details.<br />
<strong>Battery recycling marks</strong><br />
Battery recycling information for Taiwan<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-recycling.webp" /><br />
<strong>Battery recycling information for the United States and Canada<br />
</strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-Canada.webp" /><br />
Battery recycling information for the European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS)</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /><br />
<strong>Turkey</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Turkey, on or after June 1, 2009, meet the requirements of the former Republic of Turkey Restriction of Hazardous Substances legislation from 30th of May 2008 and the Control of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations from 22nd of May 2012(“Turkey RoHS”).<br />
<strong>Ukraine</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Ukraine, on or after January 1, 2011, meet the requirements of the Technical Directive on Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electric and Electronic Equipment enforced by the Government, Decision No 1057 dated 2008/12/03” (“Ukraine TR on RoHS”).<br />
<strong>India</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in India, on or after May 1, 2012, meet the requirements of the India E-waste (Management) Rules (“India RoHS”).<br />
<strong>Vietnam</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT (“Vietnam RoHS”).<br />
<strong>European Union</strong><br />
Lenovo Products meet the requirement of Directive 2011/65/EC on the restriction of the use of the certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment<br />
(“RoHS 2”). Lenovo products sold in the European Union, from the 21st July 2019, meet the requirement of the Commission Delegated Directive (EU 2015/863) amending Directive 2011/65/EU. For more information about Lenovo progress on RoHS, go to:<br />
<a href="https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf</a><br />
<strong>Singapore</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances<br />
in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”).</p>
<p><strong>European Union compliance statement</strong><br />
<strong>European Union conformity</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /><br />
<strong>Compliance with the RE Directive</strong><br />
Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-J606L<br />
and Lenovo TB-J606F are in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.<br />
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:<br />
<a href="https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc</a><br />
This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power:</p>
<table border="0" width="192" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="20"><strong>Model Name</strong></td>
<td width="64"><strong>Frequency Bands</strong></td>
<td width="64"><strong>Maximum Conducted<br />
Power (dBm)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="xl65" rowspan="12" height="240">Lenovo TB-J606L</td>
<td>GSM 900</td>
<td align="right">33.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">GSM 1800</td>
<td align="right">31.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">UMTS B1</td>
<td align="right">25</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">UMTS B8</td>
<td align="right">24.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">LTE B7</td>
<td align="right">24</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">LTE B1/B8/B20/B28</td>
<td align="right">23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">LTE B3/B38/B40</td>
<td align="right">23.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td>﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5150-5350</td>
<td>﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5470-5725</td>
<td>﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5725-5850</td>
<td>﹤14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td>﹤10</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table border="0" width="192" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="xl65" rowspan="5" width="64" height="100">Lenovo TB-J606F</td>
<td width="64">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="64">﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5150-5350</td>
<td>﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5470-5725</td>
<td>﹤20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">WLAN 5725-5850</td>
<td>﹤14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="20">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td>﹤10</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Restrictions of use:</strong><br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Usage of this device is limited to indoor in the band 5150 to 5350MHz.<br />
The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries.</p>
<h4>Specific Absorption Rate information</h4>
<p>YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.<br />
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radiofrequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.<br />
Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed below:</p>
<table width="1300">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5" width="1307"><strong>Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="227">Europe 10g<br />
SAR Limit<br />
(2.0 W/kg)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="346">Lenovo TB-J606L</td>
<td width="251">Body-worn<br />
(0mm)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="270">GSM,<br />
WCDMA &amp;<br />
LTE, WLAN,<br />
Bluetooth</td>
<td width="205">0.61 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="227">Europe 10g<br />
SAR Limit<br />
(4.0 W/kg)</td>
<td width="251">Limb<br />
(0mm)</td>
<td width="205">0.77 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="227">Europe 10g<br />
SAR Limit<br />
(2.0 W/kg)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="346">Lenovo TB-J606F</td>
<td width="251">Body-worn<br />
(0mm)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="270">WLAN,<br />
Bluetooth</td>
<td width="205">1.59 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="227">Europe 10g<br />
SAR Limit<br />
(4.0 W/kg)</td>
<td width="251">Limb<br />
(0mm)</td>
<td width="205">1.59 W/kg</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes of system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the head and body.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-icopn.webp" /> https://support.lenovo.com</a><br />
<a href="https://forums.lenovo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">? https://forums.lenovo.com</a><br />
<strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong>Read this guide carefully before using your device.<br />
All information labeled with * in this guide only refers to the WLAN + LTE model.</p>
<p><strong>© Copyright Lenovo 2020.<br />
</strong><strong>Reduce Reuse Recycle</strong></p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/unnamed-file-6.webp" /></strong><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Lenovo-TB-J606F-P11-Smart-Tablet-bar.webp" /></p>
<p><strong>Printed in China</strong></p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lenovo TB-X306F M10 HD Tab Manual</title>
		<link>https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/tb-x306f-m10-tab/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[ItsManual]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 25 Jun 2023 05:27:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Lenovo]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://usemanuals.com/?p=122896</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Lenovo TB-X306F M10 HD Tab User Guide Reading before using your device Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements for connection to the telephone network in your country. Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, go to https://support.lenovo.com. Getting support To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to https://support.lenovo.com. Accessing your User Guide Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To download the publications for your device, go to https://support.lenovo.com and follow the instructions on the screen. Legal notices Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. Device overview Model Version Lenovo TB-X306F WLAN Lenovo TB-X306X WLAN + LTE Volume buttons              2 .Power button              3 Microphone Card tray                         5 Speakers                       6 Touch screen Sensor                             8 Front-facing camera    9 USB-C connector Rear camera                   11 Headset connector 1  2 Smart connector The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot. All pictures and illustrations in this document are for your reference only and may differ from the final product. Preparing your device Install the cards as shown in the figure. Power off the device before inserting or removing a card. Note that the WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot. Charging your device Connect your device to a power outlet using the USB cable and power adapter provided. Turning on Press and hold the Power button until the Lenovo logo appears. Important safety and handling information Plastic bag notice Danger: Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation. Caution about high volume usage Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing: Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you. If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked. To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors Your mobile device is not a toy. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during handling and using of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock. If parents choose to allow children to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device. Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically for damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use. Internal rechargeable battery warning Danger: Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium ion battery. Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosion, excessive heat, or other risks. Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause a harmful explosion or battery fluid leakage. When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or regulations. Do not dispose the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose used batteries according to the instructions. The battery pack contains a small amount of harmful substances. To avoid injury: Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources. Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids. Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely high temperature. Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack. Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets. Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely low air pressure. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery. To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30% to 50% capacity each time, and recharging it every three months to prevent over discharge. Eye Protection and Safety Information While concentrating on the performance capabilities of its screens, Lenovo also places importance on user’s eye health. This product has received TÜV Rheinland’s “Low Blue Light” certification and can be used with confidence. For further information, please visit https://support.lenovo.com. Eur Asia compliance mark Service and support information This product is covered by the terms of the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW), version L5050010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. You can view the LLW in a number of languages from this website. Warranty information Lenovo provides a warranty period for your device. To check the warranty status of your device purchase upgrades, go to https://support.lenovo.com/warrantylookup, and then select the product and follow the on-screen instructions. Get support To download Lenovo service tool – LMSA: https://support.lenovo.com/downloads/lenovo-moto-smart-assitant Visit the website above for information on devices compatible with LMSA. Visit Lenovo’s support website (https://support.lenovo.com) with the device serial number to get more Lenovo support options, or scan the QR code, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Environmental, recycling, and disposal information General recycling statement Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to http://www.lenovo.com/recycling. Important battery and WEEE information Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Country-specific information is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling Recycling information for Japan Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan Additional recycling statements Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your User Guide. See “Accessing your User Guide” for details. Battery recycling marks Battery recycling information for Taiwan Battery recycling information for the European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) Turkey Lenovo products sold in Turkey, on or after June 1, 2009, meet the requirements of the former Republic of Turkey Restriction of Hazardous Substances legislation from 30th of May 2008 and the Control of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations from 22nd of May 2012 (“Turkey RoHS”). Ukraine Lenovo products sold in Ukraine, on or after January 1, 2011, meet the requirements of the Technical Directive on Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electric and Electronic Equipment enforced by the Government, Decision No 1057 dated 2008/12/03” (“Ukraine TR on RoHS”). India Lenovo products sold in India, on or after May 1, 2012, meet the requirements of the India E-waste (Management) Rules (“India RoHS”). Vietnam Lenovo products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT (“Vietnam RoHS”). European Union Lenovo Products meet the requirement of Directive 2011/65/EC on the restriction of the use of the certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“RoHS 2”). Lenovo products sold in the European Union, from the 21st July 2019, meet the requirement of Commission Delegated Directive (EU 2015/863) amending Directive 2011/65/EU. For more information about Lenovo progress on RoHS, go to: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf Singapore Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”). European Union compliance statement European Union conformity Compliance with the RE Directive Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-X306F is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power: Model Name Frequency Bands Maximum Conducted Power (dBm) Lenovo TB-X306F WLAN 2400-2483.5 20 WLAN 5150-5250 20 WLAN 5250-5350 20 WLAN 5470-5725 20 WLAN 5725-5850 14 Bluetooth 2400-2483.5 10 Restrictions of use: Usage of this device is limited to indoor in the band 5150 to 5350MHz. The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries. Specific Absorption Rate information YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radio frequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed below: Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded. Europe 10g SAR Limit (2.0 W/kg) Lenovo TB- X306F Body-worn (0mm) WLAN, Bluetooth 1.10 W/kg Europe 10g SAR Limit (4.0 W/kg) Limb (0mm) WLAN, Bluetooth 1.10 W/kg During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes of system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the head and body. [...]<p><a class="btn btn-secondary understrap-read-more-link" href="https://usemanuals.com/lenovo/tb-x306f-m10-tab/">Read More...</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h4>Lenovo TB-X306F M10 HD Tab User Guide</h4>
<h4>Reading before using your device</h4>
<p>Device models equipped with wireless communications comply with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. In addition, if your product contains a telecom modem, it complies with the requirements for connection to the telephone network in your country.<br />
Be sure to read the Regulatory Notice for your country or region before using the wireless devices contained in your device. To obtain a PDF version of the Regulatory Notice, go to https://support.lenovo.com.</p>
<h4>Getting support</h4>
<p>To get support on network services and billing, contact your wireless network operator. To learn how to use your device and view its technical specifications, go to https://support.lenovo.com.</p>
<h4>Accessing your User Guide</h4>
<p>Your User Guide contains detailed information about your device. To download the publications for your device, go to https://support.lenovo.com and follow the instructions on the screen.</p>
<h4>Legal notices</h4>
<p>Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.<br />
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.<br />
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.<br />
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.</p>
<h4>Device overview</h4>
<table width="1011">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="194">Model</td>
<td width="161">Version</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="194">Lenovo TB-X306F</td>
<td width="161">WLAN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="194">Lenovo TB-X306X</td>
<td width="161">WLAN + LTE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_3-300x289-1.webp" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Volume buttons              2 .Power button              3 Microphone</li>
<li>Card tray                         5 Speakers                       6 Touch screen</li>
<li>Sensor                             8 Front-facing camera    9 USB-C connector</li>
<li>Rear camera                   11 Headset connector 1  2 Smart connector</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>The WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot.</li>
<li>All pictures and illustrations in this document are for your reference only and may differ from the final product.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Preparing your device</h4>
<p>Install the cards as shown in the figure.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_4-300x119-1.webp" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Power off the device before inserting or removing a card.</li>
<li>Note that the WLAN version does not have a Nano-SIM card slot.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Charging your device</h4>
<p>Connect your device to a power outlet using the USB cable and power adapter provided.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_5-300x154-1.webp" /></p>
<h4>Turning on</h4>
<p>Press and hold the Power button until the Lenovo logo appears.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_6.webp" /></p>
<h4>Important safety and handling information</h4>
<p>Plastic bag notice<br />
Danger: Plastic bags can be dangerous. Keep plastic bags away from babies and children to avoid danger of suffocation.</p>
<h4>Caution about high volume usage</h4>
<p>Warning: Exposure to loud noise from any source for extended periods of time may affect your hearing. The louder the sound, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. To protect your hearing:</p>
<ul>
<li>Limit the amount of time you use headsets or headphones at high volume.</li>
<li>Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings.</li>
<li>Turn the volume down if you can’t hear people speaking near you.<br />
If you experience hearing discomfort, including the sensation of pressure or fullness in your ears, ringing in your ears or muffled speech, you should stop listening to the device through your headset or headphones and have your hearing checked.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_7.webp" />To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods.</p>
<h4>Safety instructions for parents and adult supervisors</h4>
<p>Your mobile device is not a toy. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during handling and using of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock. If parents choose to allow children to use the device, they should caution his or her child about the potential hazard while using and handling the mobile device.<br />
Parents should inspect the mobile device (including the ac power adapter and the small part, as applicable) periodically for damage. Routinely check this mobile device to ensure that the device is working properly and is safe for children to use.</p>
<h4>Internal rechargeable battery warning</h4>
<p>Danger: Do not attempt to replace the internal rechargeable lithium ion battery. Replacing the original battery with an incompatible type may result in an increased risk of personal injury or property damage due to explosion, excessive heat, or other risks. Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the battery pack. Attempting to do so can cause a harmful explosion or battery fluid leakage.</p>
<p>When disposing of the battery, comply with all relevant local ordinances or<br />
regulations. Do not dispose the battery pack in municipal waste. Dispose used batteries according to the instructions.<br />
The battery pack contains a small amount of harmful substances.<br />
To avoid injury:</p>
<ul>
<li>Keep the battery pack away from open flames or other heat sources.</li>
<li>Do not expose the battery pack to water, rain, or other corrosive liquids.</li>
<li>Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely high temperature.</li>
<li>Avoid short-circuiting the battery pack.</li>
<li>Keep the battery pack out of reach of small children and pets.</li>
<li>Do not leave the battery in an environment with extremely low air pressure. It may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas from the battery.<br />
To extend battery life, we recommend charging the battery to at least 30% to 50% capacity each time, and recharging it every three months to prevent over discharge.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Eye Protection and Safety Information</h4>
<p>While concentrating on the performance capabilities of its screens, Lenovo also places importance on user’s eye health. This product has received TÜV<br />
Rheinland’s “Low Blue Light” certification and can be used with confidence.<br />
For further information, please visit https://support.lenovo.com.</p>
<p>Eur Asia compliance mark</p>
<h4>Service and support information</h4>
<p>This product is covered by the terms of the Lenovo Limited Warranty (LLW), version L5050010-02 08/2011. Read the LLW at https://www.lenovo.com/warranty/llw_02. You can view the LLW in a number of languages from this website.</p>
<h4>Warranty information</h4>
<p>Lenovo provides a warranty period for your device. To check the warranty status of your device purchase upgrades, go to https://support.lenovo.com/warrantylookup, and then select the product and follow the on-screen instructions.</p>
<h4>Get support</h4>
<p>To download Lenovo service tool – LMSA:<br />
https://support.lenovo.com/downloads/lenovo-moto-smart-assitant Visit the website above for information on devices compatible with LMSA.</p>
<p>Visit Lenovo’s support website (https://support.lenovo.com) with the device serial number to get more Lenovo support options, or scan the QR code, and then follow the on-screen instructions.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_8.webp" /></p>
<h4>Environmental, recycling, and disposal information</h4>
<p>General recycling statement<br />
Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to http://www.lenovo.com/recycling.</p>
<h4>Important battery and WEEE information</h4>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_9.webp" />Batteries and electrical and electronic equipment marked with the symbol of a crossed-out wheeled bin may not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste. Batteries and waste of electrical and electronic<br />
equipment (WEEE) shall be treated separately using the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and WEEE. When possible, remove and isolate batteries from WEEE prior to placing WEEE in the waste collection stream. Batteries are to be collected separately using the framework available for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators.<br />
Country-specific information is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling</p>
<h4>Recycling information for Japan</h4>
<p>Recycling and disposal information for Japan is available at: http://www.lenovo.com/recycling/japan</p>
<h4>Additional recycling statements</h4>
<p>Additional information about recycling device components and batteries is in your User Guide. See “Accessing your User Guide” for details.</p>
<h4>Battery recycling marks</h4>
<p>Battery recycling information for Taiwan</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_10.webp" /></p>
<p>Battery recycling information for the European Union</p>
<p>Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS)<br />
<strong>Turkey</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Turkey, on or after June 1, 2009, meet the requirements of the former Republic of Turkey Restriction of Hazardous Substances legislation from 30th of May 2008 and the Control of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations from 22nd of May 2012 (“Turkey RoHS”).<br />
Ukraine<br />
Lenovo products sold in Ukraine, on or after January 1, 2011, meet the requirements of the Technical Directive on Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electric and Electronic Equipment enforced by the Government, Decision No 1057 dated 2008/12/03” (“Ukraine TR on RoHS”).<br />
<strong>India</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in India, on or after May 1, 2012, meet the requirements of the India E-waste (Management) Rules (“India RoHS”).<br />
<strong>Vietnam</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Vietnam, on or after September 23, 2011, meet the requirements of the Vietnam Circular 30/2011/TT-BCT (“Vietnam RoHS”).<br />
<strong>European Union</strong><br />
Lenovo Products meet the requirement of Directive 2011/65/EC on the restriction of the use of the certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“RoHS 2”). Lenovo products sold in the European Union, from the 21st July 2019, meet the requirement of Commission Delegated Directive (EU 2015/863) amending Directive 2011/65/EU. For more information about Lenovo progress on RoHS, go to:<br />
https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/social_responsibility/RoHS-Communication.pdf<br />
<strong>Singapore</strong><br />
Lenovo products sold in Singapore, on or after June 1, 2017, meet the requirements of Government Gazette order No. S 263/2016 Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment in Singapore (“SG-RoHS”).</p>
<p>European Union compliance statement<br />
European Union conformity</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://usemanuals.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Lenovo-TB-X306F-M10-HD-Tab-User-Guide_12.webp" /></p>
<h4>Compliance with the RE Directive</h4>
<p>Lenovo PC HK Limited declares that the radio equipment type Lenovo TB-X306F is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.<br />
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/compliance/eu-doc<br />
This radio equipment operates with the following frequency bands and maximum radio-frequency power:</p>
<table width="1108">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="111">Model Name</td>
<td width="129">Frequency Bands</td>
<td width="114">Maximum Conducted Power (dBm)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6" width="111">Lenovo TB-X306F</td>
<td width="129">WLAN 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="114">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">WLAN 5150-5250</td>
<td width="114">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">WLAN 5250-5350</td>
<td width="114">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">WLAN 5470-5725</td>
<td width="114">20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">WLAN 5725-5850</td>
<td width="114">14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="129">Bluetooth 2400-2483.5</td>
<td width="114">10</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Restrictions of use:</h4>
<p>Usage of this device is limited to indoor in the band 5150 to 5350MHz.<br />
The above information is for EU countries only. Please refer to the actual product for supported frequency bands in other countries.</p>
<h4>Specific Absorption Rate information</h4>
<h4>YOUR MOBILE DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO</h4>
<p>Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves (radio frequency electromagnetic fields) recommended by international guidelines. The guidelines were developed by an independent scientific organization (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.<br />
The radio wave exposure guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The highest SAR values under the ICNIRP guidelines for your device model are listed below:</p>
<table width="1123">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5" width="349">Maximum SAR for this model and conditions under which it was recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="57">Europe 10g SAR</p>
<p>Limit (2.0</p>
<p>W/kg)</td>
<td rowspan="2" width="74">Lenovo TB- X306F</td>
<td width="67">Body-worn (0mm)</td>
<td width="89">WLAN, Bluetooth</td>
<td width="62">1.10 W/kg</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="57">Europe 10g SAR</p>
<p>Limit (4.0</p>
<p>W/kg)</td>
<td width="67">Limb (0mm)</td>
<td width="89">WLAN, Bluetooth</td>
<td width="62">1.10 W/kg</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>During use, the actual SAR values for your device are usually well below the values stated. This is because, for purposes of system efficiency and to minimize interference on the network, the operating power of your mobile device is automatically decreased when full power is not needed for the data connection. The lower the power output of the device, the lower its SAR value. If you are interested in further reducing your RF exposure then you can easily do so by limiting your usage or simply using a hands-free kit to keep the device away from the head and body.</p>
<form id="commentform" class="comment-form" action="https://manuals.plus/wp-comments-post.php" method="post" novalidate="">
<p class="form-submit">
</form>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced 

Served from: usemanuals.com @ 2026-09-13 06:13:33 by W3 Total Cache
-->